{"title":"Food Prep Machines","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"1-2l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug","title":"1.2L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 3 Satin is designed for culinary enthusiasts who appreciate high-quality blending capabilities, providing an efficient solution for both hot and cold liquids. With a generous capacity of 1.2 liters, this food blender transforms ingredients effortlessly, unlocking flavors and textures for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable borosilicate glass, this blender is both resilient and non-porous, ensuring longevity and excellent performance. It addresses the common challenges of retaining nutrients during the blending process with its innovative cold mix technology. The exclusive BlenderMix technology enhances blending efficacy, resulting in a finer blend every time. Quiet and powerful, the Blender has also received Quiet Mark Accreditation, making it a perfect addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW. Working capacity: 1.2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 384(H) x 164(W) x 164(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant borosilicate glass jug – ensures durability against temperature extremes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRecipe book included – inspires creativity in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree App includes more recipes – provides endless culinary options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAirtight lid with graduated measuring cup – precise measurement guarantees ideal results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 Auto programs with manual speed control – customize blending for different ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlenderMix technology – optimizes blade design for a perfect emulsion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInnovative cold mix technology keeps nutrients intact during blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly interface with auto programs simplifies the blending process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction means less wear and tear and longer-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComprehensive recipe book provides inspiration for healthy eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation makes it suitable for any kitchen environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimized blender design for superior blending results enhances culinary creativity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCold mix technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRetains nutrients and flavor in every blend.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable borosilicate glass jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAvoids cracks and damage from hot liquids.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for early mornings or late-night blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecipe book and app support\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccess to a variety of nutritious recipes at your fingertips.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile food blender excels in various settings, making it suitable for a range of culinary tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily smoothie and soup preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth-focused meal prep for nutritious diet plans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchen settings for efficient blending on a larger scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDining establishments looking to enhance beverage and sauce variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a flat, stable surface for safe operation, and clean the borosilicate glass jug with warm, soapy water after each use for longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Blender Power 3?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity of the blender is 1.2 liters, allowing for large batch blending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug safe for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the borosilicate glass jug is thermoresistant and can handle both hot and cold liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of recipes can I find in the included book?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe book includes a variety of nutritious recipes to inspire your blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the magic of blending with the Blender Power 3 Satin, your go-to kitchen companion for effortlessly creating healthy, delicious concoctions. Order today and elevate your culinary capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810500395393,"sku":"CU204","price":403.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/30c481f7864bb1508d097ed292432b5e.png?v=1781697914"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-adjustable-speed-for-smoothies","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Adjustable Speed for Smoothies","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender is an essential tool for any high-volume kitchen needing efficiency and precision. Designed for chefs, this blender excels at creating flawlessly smooth purees, velvety soups, and emulsified sauces with speed and ease. Its robust construction ensures reliability, making it a valuable asset for continuous use in a bustling culinary environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis food blender combines powerful performance with durability, featuring a 2.4HP motor and a thoughtfully designed 1.8Ltr BPA-free copolyester jar. Crafted to withstand the rigors of commercial kitchens, its metal drive coupling and adjustable speed settings address the challenges of varying ingredient textures. Experience unparalleled control and consistency—attributes that elevate your cooking to a whole new level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.49kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 515(H) x 190(W) x 215(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor allows for quick blending, optimizing consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlade and jar design create textures for purees and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed dial provides precise control for varying recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed paddle switches ensure ease of use and leak resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable jar pad allows for simple, effective cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Grip feet hold the blender securely on countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power output significantly speeds up blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jar ensures safe food preparation without leaching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows experimentation with different textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials guarantee -term use even in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design makes it easy to store without taking up much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy cleaning facilitates quicker kitchen turnovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces blending time, allowing for more efficiency in dish preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable speed dial\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMultiple blending options for versatile recipes and ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance under heavy use, minimizing maintenance needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures the safety and quality of your food, protecting customer health.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLeak-resistant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevents messes, keeping your kitchen clean and organized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender is ideal for various settings, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants requiring quick and consistent blending for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that need efficient, high-volume ingredient processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés focusing on smoothies and drinks with smooth textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels and resorts offering gourmet dining options with exquisite presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealthcare facilities aiming for nutritious pureed diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, positioned the blender on a stable countertop. Regularly check the seals and blades for wear, and clean the jar and base according to the manufacturer’s recommendations to maintain hygiene and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender has a power rating of 1.49kW, translating to a 2.4HP motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jar made from safe materials?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the jar is constructed from BPA-free copolyester, ensuring safety during food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product includes a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the exceptional performance of the HBF510S Expeditor Food Blender. Elevate your culinary creations and streamline your kitchen tasks—order today and transform your cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522055041,"sku":"JB514","price":1307.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1ed5c78bf6f75c3b3c83e9c737fcbd5a.png?v=1781698325"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 4 Black is the essential kitchen tool for anyone passionate about healthy cooking. This innovative food blender caters to both everyday users and culinary enthusiasts, offering unparalleled performance and versatility. With its durable design and remarkable blending capability, preparing nutritious meals has never been easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a robust 1.8L Borosilicate glass jug, the Blender Power is engineered for durability and longevity. The non-porous nature of the glass ensures it effortlessly mixes both hot and cold liquids without losing valuable nutrients during the blending process. What sets this blender apart is its unique BlenderMix technology—designed to create finer blends with every use—combined with the prestigious Quiet Mark Accreditation, making your blending experience quieter than ever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 405(H) x 165(W) x 165(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.35kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant Borosilicate glass jug for better performance and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded recipe book for inspiration and nutritional guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e App offers a wealth of additional recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid with graduated measuring cup for precise blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto programs with manual control to suit your blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlenderMix technology optimizes blade design for perfect emulsions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant jug keeps nutrients intact, ensuring your blends are healthy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation makes it perfect for early morning smoothies without waking the household.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile auto programs streamline the blending process for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipe book and app offer continual inspiration for exciting meals and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid reduces mess and spills while providing precise measurements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInnovative design promotes a smoother blending experience for any ingredient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable borosilicate glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLasts longer and withstands temperature variations without compromising quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy blending anytime without disturbing others in your home.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirtight lid with measuring cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures accuracy and prevents spills and messes while blending.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecipe book included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides quick, nutritious meal ideas to simplify your cooking routine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlenderMix technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreates perfectly emulsified blends for delicious results every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power is perfect for various culinary settings, making it an essential addition to any kitchen. It excels in diverse applications, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparing smoothies and shakes for a nutritious breakfast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending soups to a velvety consistency, ideal for healthy meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaking sauces and dips, enhancing your culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing drinks for parties or special.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating baby food with perfect texture and nutrition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the blender on a flat, stable surface before use. Clean the jug thoroughly after each use to maintain its clarity and ensure a hygienic blending environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction of the Blender Power 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a durable borosilicate glass jug, designed for both hot and cold liquids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the blender have a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere's no commercial warranty provided for this blender, underscoring its reliability and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend both hot and cold ingredients with this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the borosilicate glass jug is designed to handle both hot and cold liquids effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the benefits of health-conscious blending with the Blender Power 4 Black. This impeccable kitchen companion is designed to make your blending tasks simpler, quieter, and more efficient. Order today and elevate your meal prep to the next level!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522481025,"sku":"CU206","price":369.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/de2a7d20847ff31a79db79de898cd60a.png?v=1781698331"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug-1","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 4 Satin is a high-performance food blender designed for culinary enthusiasts and health-conscious individuals alike. It simplifies the blending process, allowing you to effortlessly create nutritious beverages and meals, ensuring maximum nutrient retention for a healthier lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender is crafted with a durable 1.8L borosilicate glass jug, ideal for mixing both hot and cold liquids. Its innovative cold mix technology ensures that the nutritional integrity of your ingredients remains intact. With a blend of functionality and elegant satin design, the Blender Power offers a unique blending experience, setting it apart from other kitchen appliances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.3kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 405(H) x 165(W) x 165(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Borosilicate Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.35kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermo-resistant design allows for hot and cold blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirtight lid includes a graduated measuring cup for precise ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecipe book and free App provide endless culinary inspiration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Auto programs alongside manual speed control for versatile blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnique BlenderMix technology ensures an optimal emulsion for seamless blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and non-porous borosilicate glass jug ensures quality and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold mix technology retains essential nutrients, making it perfect for health-focused users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation with the Quiet Mark Accreditation enhances user experience without disturbance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded recipe book turns blending into an enjoyable and creative culinary activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it easy to store in any kitchen without sacrificing functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile blending options cater to various recipes and dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe borosilicate glass jug withstands temperature changes, enhancing its longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNutritional Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold mix technology preserves the nutritional value of your ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuiet Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse it anytime without disturbing your family or roommates, thanks to its Quiet Mark accreditation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile Programs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple blending programs offer tailored results for various recipes and consistencies.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 4 Satin excels in a variety of settings, from home kitchens to small cafés. Whether you're preparing smoothies, soups, or sauces, this blender is your go-to tool for culinary creativity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome cooking for families and individuals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparation of smoothies and health drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlending hot soups without compromising quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating sauces and dips for gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse in small cafés or personal juice bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance and longevity, it is advised to regularly clean the borosilicate glass jug and lid. The Blender Power 4 is ready to use straight from the box, with no complex installation required. Ensure that all components are securely fitted before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the Blender Power 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features a durable borosilicate glass jug which is both thermo-resistant and non-porous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend hot liquids in this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Blender Power is designed to handle both hot and cold liquids, retaining the temperature of the contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of this blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a generous capacity of 1.8 liters, making it suitable for preparing larger batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 4 Satin stands out for its ability to blend ingredients seamlessly while maintaining their nutritional integrity. Elevate your culinary creations with confidence and explore new recipes today. Order now and experience the magic of blending!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810522874241,"sku":"CU208","price":369.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/34dc5276f5c3700e63375695142dc20f.png?v=1781698338"},{"product_id":"1-8l-commercial-food-blender-with-bpa-free-jar-and-safety-features","title":"1.8L Commercial Food Blender with BPA-Free Jar and Safety Features","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R is designed for professionals who demand efficiency and reliability in the kitchen. This robust blender is perfect for creating smooth emulsions, purees, and frozen beverages, ensuring you can keep service moving without downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to withstand the rigors of demanding commercial environments, the HBF600R features a 1.8Ltr BPA-free co-polyester jar that is not only durable but also designed for easy use. A unique combination of safety features, like the magnetic jar pad safety sensor, ensures that blending occurs only when the container is correctly positioned, reducing the risk of mishaps during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.8Ltr | 63½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 510(H) x 200(W) x 200(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Co-polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.45kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable all-metal drive coupling with a jar pad sensor to extend the coupling life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature gauge that alerts users if the motor overheats during back-to-back blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented Wave Action System keeps ingredients circulating through the blades for complete emulsification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow operating noise levels, remaining below 81 dB(A) at maximum speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerously sized 1.9M cord allows for flexible placement in any kitchen layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous 1.8L capacity suitable for high-volume blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free materials ensure safety in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed lid prevents any leaks, making cleanup easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-lift tab on the lid enhances usability for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty on motor drive coupling and blade for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLaser-etched measurements simplify the preparation process, allowing for quick ingredient additions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSealed leak-resistant lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps your workspace clean and reduces waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAll-metal drive system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers enhanced durability and longevity, minimizing maintenance costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTemperature protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures consistent performance during busy shifts, preventing overheating issues.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLow noise operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreates a more pleasant environment for both customers and staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés blending smoothies and frozen drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies requiring large batch processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating cocktails efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing compact and efficient blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the blender is placed on a stable surface for optimal performance. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the jar and lid after each use and checking the drive coupling for wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R has a generous capacity of 1.8 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the blender noisy during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it operates at a noise level of less than 81 dB(A) at maximum speed, making it suitable for a busy environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features does the blender include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender includes a magnetic jar pad safety sensor that prevents operation unless the jar is properly positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a reliable blending solution that keeps up with your kitchen’s demands, the Commercial Expeditor Food Blender HBF600R is an excellent choice. Order today and experience seamless and efficient blending.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810523070849,"sku":"JB515","price":1843.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e321a4f2958abe09e1bfd0798433ce68.png?v=1781698344"},{"product_id":"10-tray-commercial-digital-dehydrator-with-clear-viewing-window","title":"10 Tray Commercial Digital Dehydrator with Clear Viewing Window","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Performance Digital Dehydrator DH10SSSS13 is an essential tool for anyone looking to preserve their or create healthy, delicious snacks. Designed for both the amateur enthusiast and the chef, this dehydrator offers a seamless way to dry fruits, vegetables, herbs, and meats without negotiating on quality. With its advanced technology and user-friendly features, drying food has never been easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis dehydrator is constructed with high-quality polycarbonate materials, ensuring durability and efficiency in your kitchen. The innovative design enhances user experience, notably featuring a clear top viewing window that allows you to monitor the drying process without needing to interrupt it by opening the door. The convenience of its hideaway door design means that accessing your dehydrated goods is straightforward once the process is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 800W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 400(H) x 445(W) x 525(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHyperwave technology ensures precise temperature control for enhanced drying speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eParaFlexx horizontal airflow provides even drying without interruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat control allows for a temperature range from 29.4°C to 73.8°C for up to 60 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use LED control panel features a progress bar to monitor drying status.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-phase drying capability accommodates various drying techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe 10 tray design offers ample space for multiple batches of food, making it perfect for larger families or bulk meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHyperwave technology significantly speeds up the drying process while retaining the essential nutrients of the food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision adjustable thermostat allows you to fine-tune the drying temperature to suit different food types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear viewing window eliminates guesswork by enabling you to monitor your food without opening the dehydrator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction using polycarbonate ensures -lasting use and easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComprehensive two-year warranty gives you peace of mind regarding the durability of your investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dehydrator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMultiple Trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrepare large quantities of food in one go, saving time and.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast Drying Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy faster drying times without compromising nutrition or taste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-Friendly Controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple operation allows beginners to confidently dehydrate foods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Performance Digital Dehydrator excels in various settings and industries. Its versatility makes it perfect for both home kitchens and establishments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for making dried fruits, vegetable chips, and herb preservation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUsed in restaurants for creating flavorful, dehydrated garnishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for preparing natural pet treats or jerky for healthy snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for camping and outdoor activities, ensuring you have lightweight, portable snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, it is recommended to place the dehydrator on a flat, stable surface. Clean the trays and housing thoroughly after each use to maintain hygiene and prolong the life of the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of power does the dehydrator require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Performance Digital Dehydrator operates on a single-phase power supply with a voltage of 240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the warranty for this dehydrator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model comes with a warranty of 2 years covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the temperature settings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the dehydrator features an adjustable thermostat with a temperature range from 29.4°C to 73.8°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEmbrace the art of dehydration with the Excalibur 10 Tray Performance Digital Dehydrator DH10SSSS13. Its advanced technology and ample capacity make it the perfect choice for preserving food efficiently. Order today to start enjoying nutritious, homemade snacks!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810541257089,"sku":"JF763","price":993.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fe332c08718d8fa4b154cb2ac325f606.png?v=1781698559"},{"product_id":"10-tray-digital-commercial-dehydrator-with-timer-and-controls","title":"10 Tray Digital Commercial Dehydrator with Timer and Controls","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Select Digital Dehydrator DH10SCSS13 is a versatile dehydrator designed for anyone looking to preserve food efficiently while enhancing their culinary creativity. Ideal for health-conscious individuals or home cooks, it allows you to transform seasonal harvests and fresh catches into dehydrated delights effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with durable polycarbonate material, this dehydrator features a modern design that blends utility with style. The spacious prep area on top offers convenience, while the advanced digital controls allow for precision drying without compromising food quality. With this dehydrator, you can move beyond traditional food preservation and explore a healthier lifestyle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 800W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 400(H) x 445(W) x 525(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.97kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 trays for ample dehydration space\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe chrome trays make cleaning a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHyperwave technology adjusts temperature, accelerating drying without sacrificing quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eParaFlexx horizontal airflow ensures even and efficient drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat control allows for precise temperature settings between 29.4°C to 73.8°C for up to 60 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use LED control panel features a progress bar for monitoring drying progress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear glass French doors provide a full view of the drying process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe recessed prep area streamlines ingredient preparation for a hassle-free experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic shut-off feature provides peace of mind by ensuring efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear viewing doors help you monitor your drying progress without disrupting the process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTen trays allow for a larger capacity, making it suitable for bulk drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction not only offers longevity but also resists wear from regular use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design reduces running costs while maintaining performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dehydrator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrecision controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy customized drying tailored to specific ingredients.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for drying large batches of fruits, vegetables, or herbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncludes dishwasher-safe trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean and maintain, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 10 Tray Select Digital Dehydrator is ideal for various applications, making it a must-have for kitchen enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for making healthy snacks like dried fruits and vegetable chips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFor gardeners wanting to preserve their homegrown produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor enthusiasts can dehydrate jerky or fish for camping trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCulinary professionals can create unique ingredients for upscale dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth-conscious individuals can develop nutritious snacks without additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur dehydrator requires minimal installation; simply place it on a flat, stable surface. When cleaning, the dishwasher-safe trays can be easily removed and placed in the dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum temperature the dehydrator can reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable thermostat allows you to set temperatures up to 73.8°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the dehydrator noisy during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dehydrator operates quietly, making it suitable for use in any kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I dehydrate food for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can set the timer for up to 60 hours, depending on the moisture content of the food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience of food preservation with the Excalibur 10 Tray Select Digital Dehydrator DH10SCSS13. Order today to elevate your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810541584769,"sku":"JF761","price":847.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5728f99a48d3f304bb0d8925de022dd3.png?v=1781698566"},{"product_id":"10l-commercial-planetary-mixer-for-food-preparation","title":"10L Commercial Planetary Mixer for Food Preparation","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 10L Planetary Mixer is a commercial food mixer designed for professionals who demand precision and efficiency in their kitchen. Ideal for bakeries, restaurants, and catering services, this mixer streamlines food preparation with its robust capabilities and user-friendly design. Its 10-liter capacity allows you to handle larger batches with ease, enhancing your productivity while ensuring consistent mixing results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with strong metal construction, the 10L guarantees longevity and durability even under heavy use. The high-quality stainless steel not only contributes to its sturdy feel but also makes for easy cleaning, solving common kitchen hygiene challenges. The built-in safety features set it apart from other mixers, providing peace of mind as you focus on creating culinary masterpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 450W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10L\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 630(H) x 440(W) x 500(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 40kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x Metal Dough Hook, 1 x Wire Whisk, 1 x Flat Beater\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Settings\u003c\/strong\u003e Three speed settings for maximum mixing accuracy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong metal construction for maximum durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMetal wire bowl guard prevents accidents and injury\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean design with a spacious 10L stainless steel bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVentilated gear-driven motor helps prevent overheating during heavy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLever bowl lift allows precise positioning of the bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick stop function enhances safety by allowing immediate cessation of mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 450W motor handles tough mixing jobs with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 10L capacity suitable for mixing large volumes, saving you time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction ensures longevity and easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple speed settings provide versatility for various mixing tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe operation features, including a bowl guard, protect users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design enhances comfort and efficiency in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction increases the lifespan, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge Mixing Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnables the preparation of large batches, perfect for high-volume kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced safety in the kitchen allows for a worry-free cooking environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Speed Settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccommodates a variety of textures, from dough to whipped cream.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10L Planetary Mixer excels in various culinary environments and is the perfect addition to any kitchen. Whether you're whipping up dough, meringues, or thick batters, this mixer is versatile enough to handle any task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for mixing bread and pastry dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing sauces and batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for creating large quantities of food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks for quick, on-the-go meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking schools for hands-on culinary training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal use, position the 10L Planetary Mixer on a sturdy worktop or appropriate stand. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the stainless steel surface after each use and ensuring that the motor is well-ventilated during operation to prevent overheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10L Planetary Mixer has a capacity of 10 liters, allowing you to mix large volumes of ingredients efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mixer easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel construction and easy-clean design make maintenance straightforward and quick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor to ensure your investment is protected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the 10L Planetary Mixer today to elevate your kitchen efficiency and output. Order now and experience the difference in your food preparation processes!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810585133441,"sku":"FP510","price":2594.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/178956b2622ba9c2e4ff83b1dd009070.png?v=1781699040"},{"product_id":"10ltr-commercial-digital-planetary-mixer-for-food-preparation","title":"10Ltr Commercial Digital Planetary Mixer for Food Preparation","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 10Ltr Digital Planetary Mixer is an essential commercial food mixer designed for restaurants, catering services, and bakeries. This mixer not only simplifies your mixing tasks but also delivers consistent results, allowing chefs and kitchen staff to focus on their culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from robust aluminium and stainless steel, this mixer is engineered for longevity and reliability. Its efficient, quiet operation sets it apart from traditional gear-driven mixers, making maintenance simpler and less time-consuming while ensuring a seamless workflow in any kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 635(H) x 475(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium \u0026amp; Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 33kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving with a long-life efficient DC brushless motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBelt-driven construction leads to a quieter operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital controls and intuitive display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStepless speed control ensures precise mixing accuracy for varied recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAbility to save up to 5 programmes, allowing consistent results without guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEach programme can include up to 4 flexible mixing phases for versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInterlocked guard made of solid BPA-free material for safety from injury and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient motor reduces power consumption, resulting in cost savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet belt-driven operation enhances the kitchen's working environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly interface minimizes training time for new staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecise control leads to perfect consistency in baked goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFlexible programming increases the mixer's adaptability for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in safety features protect users and ensure compliance with regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnergy efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower utility bills and reduced carbon footprint.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuieter operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eA more pleasant working environment for staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdvanced programming\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent quality and precision in food preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLonger lifespan, reducing the need for replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10Ltr Digital Planetary Mixer excels in various settings and industries, making it a versatile choice for commercial kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for mixing dough and batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing sauces, dips, and fillings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for large batch mixing requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking schools for teaching culinary techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, the mixer should be mounted on a compatible stand such as the one for ergonomic use. Regular maintenance, including cleaning the mixer after each use, will extend its lifespan and keep it functioning efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of ingredients can be mixed in this mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10Ltr Digital Planetary Mixer is designed for mixing dough, batters, and various food preparations including sauces and fillings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mixer easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the aluminium and stainless steel materials make it easy to clean and maintain, promoting hygiene in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the warranty work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor, ensuring your investment is protected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a reliable and efficient mixing solution, the 10Ltr Digital Planetary Mixer is an outstanding choice. Experience the difference it can make in your kitchen—order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810589294977,"sku":"FU137","price":2011.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8d16f266c13c1c885688904f153ae186.png?v=1781699173"},{"product_id":"12-commercial-double-dough-roller-for-pizza-and-bread","title":"12\" Commercial Double Dough Roller for Pizza and Bread","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dough Roller is an essential tool for anyone who works with dough, whether you are a baker, a pizzeria owner, or simply a home enthusiast. Designed to expedite the dough rolling process, this Italian-built machine eliminates the tedious nature of hand rolling, allowing you to focus on creating your perfect pastries, pizzas, and breads without the struggle of manual techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, including a robust stainless steel frame, this dough roller offers outstanding durability and reliability. The double-roller design ensures consistent dough thickness every time, tackling the common problem of uneven rolling. Coupled with perspex guards for safety, the dough roller stands out by prioritizing both performance and safety in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 370W, 12\" Double Dough Roller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 630(H) x 420(W) x 500(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 36kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Italy with a strong focus on quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerspex guards enhance safety during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood-safe resin rollers ensure quality and hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable rolling height provides versatility for different dough types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient double-roller design saves time for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistent thickness promotes even baking results for high-quality goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction resists wear and tear, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean surfaces help maintain hygiene standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight yet sturdy build allows for easy transport and placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhanced safety features reduce the risk of accidents during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dough Shapers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTime-saving design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll dough quickly, making it perfect for high-demand baking environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConsistent results\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsure uniform thickness every time, leading to better tasting and looking products.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt with safety in mind\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduced risk of injury allows for worry-free operation in busy kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Dough Roller is versatile and excels in various settings, making it an asset in any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial bakeries for producing bread, pastries, and doughnuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePizzerias that need consistent pizza dough thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants with a focus on handmade pasta and other dough products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services that require quick dough preparation for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for avid bakers looking to enhance their skills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe dough roller is easy to install and should be placed on a level surface for optimal operation. Regular cleaning will ensure the longevity of the machine, particularly between uses. Avoid using abrasive cleaners to maintain the stainless steel finish.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the Dough Roller?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe dough roller operates at 370W, making it powerful enough to handle various dough types with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt comes equipped with perspex guards that improve safety during operation while allowing visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the thickness of the dough be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the rolling height is adjustable, allowing for custom thickness based on your culinary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficient and consistent performance of the Dough Roller. Elevate your baking game and enjoy hassle-free dough preparation. Order today to streamline your kitchen operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810615345537,"sku":"FP758","price":2543.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0fe2b056bcd4f4f7f0f5645e52a13f0a.png?v=1781699469"},{"product_id":"12-commercial-dough-roller-with-emergency-stop-button","title":"12\" Commercial Dough Roller with Emergency Stop Button","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FAMINI30 Dough Roller is an essential tool for those in the bakery and catering industry. This product is designed for commercial kitchen environments, making it easy to roll dough uniformly, enhancing both the quality and efficiency of your baking process. With this dough roller, you’ll save time while ensuring consistency in your dough preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the FAMINI30 is built to withstand the rigors of a busy kitchen. It effectively addresses the common challenge of time-consuming dough rolling, allowing chefs to maintain high levels of productivity without compromising on quality. The intuitive design includes chunky start\/stop buttons, prioritizing safety and reducing the risk of workplace injuries by enabling quick stops in case of emergencies.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 370W. 12\" Single Dough Roller\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 430(W) x 270(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 34kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable rolling height for custom thickness of dough.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean design allows for simple maintenance, saving you time.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePerspex guards to ensure safety during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSuction feet for stability, keeping the roller securely in place during use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSimple start\/stop buttons make operations effortless, ideal for busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel construction ensures longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eVersatile adjustable height feature caters to a variety of dough types.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSuction feet provide enhanced stability, reducing movement during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePerspex safety guards protect users without obstructing visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it suitable for smaller kitchen setups.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates easy relocation within the workspace.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dough Shapers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEmergency stop buttons and Perspex guards ensure a safe working environment.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eTime Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eQuick dough rolling accelerates preparation times, boosting productivity.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel construction means fewer replacements and lower -term costs.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal for kitchens with limited space, maximizing your operational area.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe FAMINI30 Dough Roller excels in various culinary settings, whether in busy bakeries or catering businesses. Its versatile design allows for consistent dough rolling, making it the perfect fit in numerous environments where dough preparation is key.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCommercial bakeries for consistent bread and pastry preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering companies needing efficient dough processing for events.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants with in-house baking for pizza or pasta.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCafes that offer freshly baked goods and require regular dough handling.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eSimply place the FAMINI30 on a stable work surface. Ensure that it is positioned away from direct heat sources and use the suction feet to maintain stability during operation. Regular cleaning with a damp cloth will help maintain its stainless steel finish.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the FAMINI30 Dough Roller?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt operates at a power rating of 370W, making it efficient for commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this dough roller?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe dough roller measures 300(H) x 430(W) x 270(D)mm, compact enough to fit in most kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the design allows for easy cleaning, which simplifies maintenance in busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eYour dough preparation process will be transformed with the FAMINI30 Dough Roller. Don’t miss out on this opportunity to enhance your kitchen's efficiency. Order today and elevate your baking experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810615378305,"sku":"FP756","price":2035.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1b18bb9bde9296c96c0cd55f2d413637.png?v=1781699475"},{"product_id":"12-commercial-dough-shaper-rolling-machine-stainless-steel","title":"12\" Commercial Dough Shaper Rolling Machine Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Sfogly Rolling Machine 12\" is the essential tool for every baking enthusiast and alike. Ideal for making clean, thin sheets of dough for pastries, icing, and more, this compact rolling machine streamlines your kitchen workflow, helping you achieve consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with robust stainless steel, the Sfogly rolling machine is not only durable but also safe and easy to use. Its user-friendly design resolves the common challenges of dough preparation, ensuring a seamless experience from start to finish. Whether you're a baker in a commercial kitchen or a home cook passionate about pastry, you'll appreciate its ease of cleaning and dependable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 370W. 12\" Roller\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 290(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in safety screen for user protection.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean stainless steel construction allows for quick maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact design makes it suitable for any kitchen space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRoller adjustment from 0-100mm for versatile dough thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for creating consistent sheets for a variety of baking applications.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStay productive with its efficient power specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEnjoy a durable and attractive stainless steel finish.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact size fits seamlessly in your kitchen without taking up too much space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEnsure safety with built-in protective screens.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEffortlessly transition between tasks with adjustable roller settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBenefit from a year- warranty, underscoring quality and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dough Shapers\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to Clean\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance and more time baking.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSafe Operation\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eUse confidently knowing safety features are in place.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Roller\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCustomize dough thickness for perfect pastry every time.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eFit into any kitchen space, perfect for small or large operations.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Build\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy -lasting performance and reliability in your baking tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Sfogly Rolling Machine shines in a variety of settings, making it the go-to tool for bakers of all kinds. Whether in a bustling bakery or a home kitchen, its versatility allows for numerous applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for producing pastry dough for tarts and pies.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGreat for rolling out fondant for cakes and confections.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for preparing sheets for lasagna or ravioli.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eUseful in catering settings for quick, uniform production.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eExcellent for schools teaching culinary skills and techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Mini Sfogly Rolling Machine is straightforward. Ensure it is placed on a stable surface and follow basic cleaning procedures after each use to maintain optimal performance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the machine made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Mini Sfogly Rolling Machine is constructed from durable stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis rolling machine weighs 23kg, providing a stable and solid foundation during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with a 1-Year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your baking experience with the Mini Sfogly Rolling Machine 12\". Simplifying dough preparation has never been easier. Order today and enjoy effortless, -quality results in your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810615443841,"sku":"CZ922","price":3028.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ffe836c2b4182e3943dd110aae8409cc.png?v=1781699482"},{"product_id":"12l-commercial-planetary-mixer-with-safety-guard-and-lid","title":"12L Commercial Planetary Mixer with Safety Guard and Lid","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 12L Planetary Dough Mixer Hercules 10 is an essential tool for commercial kitchens looking to elevate their baking game. Designed for bakers and chefs, this mixer provides the perfect blend of speed and efficiency, allowing users to create smooth, well-mixed doughs effortlessly. With its powerful motor and user-friendly features, it takes the hassle out of preparing large quantities of ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis industrial-grade mixer is constructed from durable materials such as thick steel, ensuring it withstands the rigors of a busy kitchen. Its scratch-resistant powder coating not only adds an aesthetic touch but also prolongs the mixer’s life by resisting wear. By integrating a safety micro switch protected safety guard, the 12L mixer ensures that your staff remains safe from accidental injuries while operating the machine—an important consideration in a fast-paced workforce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 370W. 12Ltr \/ 8g capacity. Single speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 560(H) x 305(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 208-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 44kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLid with opening to add ingredients during operation saves time and enhances accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eForged spiral tool provides thorough mixing, resulting in better dough consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-efficiency ventilated motor helps maintain optimal performance over extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReinforced chain drive for smooth operation and minimal maintenance required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety micro switch guard for secure operation, protecting operators during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eScratch-resistant coating makes cleanup easy and enhances durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFixed head design streamlines the mixing process, ensuring consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVentilated motor minimizes overheating, allowing longer work sessions without interruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReinforced edges on the bowl ensures resilience and longevity, so you can rely on it for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers durability and reduces downtime in busy kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes risk of accidents, creating a safer workplace environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximizes productivity with easy operation and minimal prep time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12L Planetary Dough Mixer Hercules 10 excels in various settings, making it a versatile choice for many culinary tasks. Here are ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for mixing dough and batter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to enhance their dessert offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies for large batch preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks wanting consistent quality on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePastry shops needing precision for delicate textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the mixer is installed on a stable surface to prevent any movement during operation. Routine maintenance includes cleaning the exterior and inspecting the safety guard for any signs of wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power output of the 12L Planetary Dough Mixer Hercules 10?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer has a power output of 370W, capable of handling a variety of food mixes efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the dough mixer comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add ingredients while the mixer is operating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, the mixer features a lid with an opening that allows you to add ingredients without stopping the mixing process, enhancing efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the 12L Planetary Dough Mixer Hercules 10 and transform the way you prepare dough. Order today and streamline your kitchen operations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810618524033,"sku":"FU182","price":3247.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/008d1955d08e6cbeb0de4f53d136a3ae.png?v=1781699725"},{"product_id":"14-7kg-commercial-planetary-mixer-for-soft-and-medium-dough","title":"14.7kg Commercial Planetary Mixer for Soft and Medium Dough","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 7 Planetary Mixer is a robust commercial food mixer designed for kitchens. This powerful 14.7kg appliance is perfect for chefs and bakers who require precision mixing for soft or medium doughs. With its user-friendly features and strong build, it simplifies the mixing process while ensuring consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a strong metal casing, the 7 Mixer is built to last in demanding kitchen environments. Its removable tools make cleaning effortless, addressing common kitchen challenges. The liftable head design not only facilitates easy bowl access but also sets this mixer apart with its innovative engineering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 437(H) x 410(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Manufacturer's Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Dough Hook – size\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Wire Whisk – size\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Spatula – size\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x 7Ltr Bowl – durable material\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean stainless steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLiftable head design for convenient bowl removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eD.C. motor with speed control for precision mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGear drive with grease lubrication for longevity\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety microswitch for added peace of mind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong metal construction ensures -lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e7L bowl capacity allows for substantial batch sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile attachments for a variety of mixing tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpeed control provides flexibility for different mixing requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features protect users during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean components maintain hygiene in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy and durable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCan withstand daily use in a busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrecision mixing capabilities\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures consistent results for high-quality baked goods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreases efficiency and simplifies the mixing process.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRemovable tools for cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes maintenance quick and easy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7 Planetary Mixer excels in various settings and industries. It is suitable for any kitchen, from bakeries to restaurants, and can handle a range of medium density mixing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e bakeries looking for precision in dough mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing reliable equipment for batch cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies preparing large quantities of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens focused on efficiency and cleanliness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the mixer is placed on a stable, level surface. Clean the removable tools regularly to maintain hygiene and prolong their lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the mixing bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7 Mixer comes with a 7L bowl, suitable for various baking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on this mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this mixer comes with a 1 Year Manufacturer's Warranty for added assurance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of dough can the 7 handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mixer is ideal for soft or medium density dough, such as bread and pastry mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the efficiency and reliability of the 7 Planetary Mixer for your kitchen. Order today to upgrade your culinary experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810646737281,"sku":"FU906","price":1283.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6f80bfccf7fd3ded9d367020d8929e49.png?v=1781700069"},{"product_id":"16-commercial-double-dough-roller-for-efficient-dough-shaping","title":"16\" Commercial Double Dough Roller for Efficient Dough Shaping","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Dough Roller is an essential tool for any kitchen or bakery that values efficiency and consistency in dough preparation. Designed for chefs and bakers alike, this Italian-built dough roller significantly reduces the time and effort required for rolling dough, making it an indispensable addition to your culinary toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust stainless steel frame, the dough roller is not only built to last but also offers superior performance. Its innovative double-roller design ensures uniform thickness for a variety of dough items, from pizza to bread, removing the guesswork and labor of hand rolling. With additional safety features like perspex guards, this dough roller sets a new standard in combining safety with functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 370W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 730(H) x 560(W) x 530(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 44kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Italy for assured quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerspex guards enhance safety for users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable rolling height accommodates various dough types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaves time by efficiently rolling large quantities of dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsures consistent thickness for high-grade baked products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty structure designed for long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood-safe resin rollers maintain the integrity of your ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly controls make operation straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits seamlessly into busy kitchen spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dough Shapers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTime-efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpend less time rolling dough, allowing for increased productivity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConsistent results\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYour baked goods will have uniform thickness every time, ensuring better quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA reliable tool that withstands the demands of a busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimize risks and enhance user confidence with built-in perspex guards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dough Roller excels in various culinary environments, making it a versatile addition to your equipment. Its applications are diverse and ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePizza shops, providing even dough for crusts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBakeries, ensuring uniform bread consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services, streamlining dough preparation for large events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurant kitchens, enhancing operational efficiency during busy service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking schools, offering students hands-on experience with equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the dough roller is placed on a stable, level surface. Regular cleaning of the food-safe resin rollers will maintain hygiene and performance. Periodically check the perspex guards for integrity to uphold safety standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of dough can be rolled with the dough roller?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis dough roller is designed for various types of dough, including bread and pizza dough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features perspex guards that enhance safety during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the dough roller?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dough roller measures 730(H) x 560(W) x 530(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your baking efficiency with the Dough Roller. Order today and transform your dough preparation process.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810824307073,"sku":"FP759","price":2956.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9bc3413cbf90d036ed73c1d55b2072c9.png?v=1781704187"},{"product_id":"18-commercial-dough-roller-with-emergency-stop-button","title":"18\" Commercial Dough Roller with Emergency Stop Button","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FAMAXI45 Dough Roller is an essential tool for kitchens, catering businesses, and avid bakers looking to streamline their dough preparation process. Designed for efficiency, this dough roller makes it easy to achieve consistent results while saving time and effort. With its robust construction and user-friendly features, it is a reliable addition to any culinary setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable stainless steel, the dough roller not only boasts longevity but also ensures easy cleaning after use. This appliance effectively eliminates the challenges of manual rolling, allowing you to focus on other aspects of your culinary creations. Safety is prioritized with features such as chunky start\/stop buttons and protective Perspex guards, distinguishing this tool as a thoughtful choice for any kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 370W, 18\" Single Dough Roller\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 300(H) x 560(W) x 370(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 50kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable rolling height allows you to customise your dough's thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean design allows for simple maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerspex guards provide extra safety from getting caught in the roller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuction feet add stability for durable use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple start\/stop buttons make it easy to operate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient dough production saves valuable time in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCustomizable thickness settings ensure versatile dough preparation for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction guarantees durability and resistance to wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features help reduce the risk of workplace injuries during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design promotes ease of use for all kitchen staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits well in different kitchen layouts without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dough Shaper\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve the perfect dough for every recipe from pasta to pastries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety guards\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced safety minimizes risk, allowing peace of mind during operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies the cleaning process, ensuring hygiene is easily maintained.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact and powerful\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximize productivity in your kitchen without occupying too much space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FAMAXI45 Dough Roller is ideal for various culinary settings and applications. It excels in environments where large quantities of dough need to be prepared efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants producing homemade pasta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries focusing on consistent dough thickness for bread and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services needing quick dough prep for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePizza shops looking for uniform dough consistency for crusts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the longevity of the FAMAXI45 Dough Roller, ensure proper installation on a flat surface and regularly check for any debris after use. Its robust design allows for easy dismantling for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum thickness of dough that can be rolled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable rolling height allows you to customize the thickness of the dough according to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the dough roller easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the dough roller features an easy-to-clean design that simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dough roller is equipped with Perspex guards and chunky start\/stop buttons to enhance safety during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your culinary capabilities with the FAMAXI45 Dough Roller and ensure smooth, efficient dough preparation. Order today to experience the difference it can make in your kitchen efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810826666369,"sku":"FP757","price":2363.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3f4f63290f714f87fd6443f0b0ff366a.png?v=1781704258"},{"product_id":"2-5l-commercial-bar-blender-with-adjustable-speed-and-pulse-function","title":"2.5L Commercial Bar Blender with Adjustable Speed and Pulse Function","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender 2.5Ltr is the perfect solution for bars, cafes, and restaurants looking to serve exceptional drinks with precision. Designed for those who demand versatility and efficiency, this high-performance blender easily adapts to create everything from smoothies to cocktails, ensuring your beverage offerings are as varied as your clientele's tastes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a robust stainless steel and plastic construction, this blender is designed to withstand the rigors of a busy kitchen. Its BPA-free jug ensures safety and reliability while blending both hot and cold ingredients. With advanced features such as adjustable motor speeds and a pulse function, the Bar Blender stands out in its ability to provide a superior blending experience without compromising on quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5Ltr | 88oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 535(H) x 253(W) x 236(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile blending for smoothies, cocktails, and milkshakes, maximizing recipe creativity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable clear cap allows for easy addition of ingredients during the blending process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptional soundproofing enclosure significantly diminishes operational noise for a pleasant environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccommodates hot and cold ingredients up to 85°C seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable motor speeds facilitate precise blending for different drink thicknesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe pulse function offers enhanced control for mixing ingredients accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable metal clutch ensures longevity and robust performance over plastic alternatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed settings provide flexibility in blending according to ingredient consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design enables mid-blend adjustments without disruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for batch blending, ideal for busy service periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for both hot and cold beverages, expanding menu offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly BPA-free materials promote health-conscious choices for patrons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise reduction features maintain a pleasant atmosphere in customer-facing settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh blending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient preparation of multiple servings at once, saving time during busy hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAbility to adjust blending intensity to perfectly suit varying drink textures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance that withstands daily use, reducing maintenance costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy ingredient addition\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStreamlined blending process enhances productivity, improving service efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePortable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCan be easily moved or stored, offering flexible use throughout your establishment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile choice for professionals in the food and beverage industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars creating signature cocktails and blended beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes serving fresh smoothies and health drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants offering sauces, soups, and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJuice bars focused on nutritious blends and health drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHospitality venues needing multi-purpose kitchen equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is placed on a stable, flat surface. Regular cleaning is recommended to maintain hygiene and prevent the buildup of residues. Follow the manufacturer’s guidelines for maintenance to extend the blender's lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the motor speed range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor can easily be adjusted from 10,000 to 28,000rpm based on the drink’s thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I blend hot ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Bar Blender can blend both hot and cold ingredients up to 85°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug safe for food use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jug is made from BPA-free materials, ensuring it's safe for food contact and health-conscious choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience enhanced blending capabilities and create exceptional drinks seamlessly with the Bar Blender 2.5Ltr. Order today to elevate your beverage offerings and meet your customers' demands with ease!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810876244353,"sku":"CR836","price":436.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/aac85cf23d581ad29e4a3363ed27b91b.png?v=1781704976"},{"product_id":"2-9ltr-commercial-food-processor-with-vegetable-prep-attachment","title":"2.9Ltr Commercial Food Processor with Vegetable Prep Attachment","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Food Processor with Veg Prep Attachment R211XL Ultra is a vital addition for culinary professionals looking to elevate their food preparation efficiency. Designed for chefs and catering services, this robust food processor offers superior functionality that enhances productivity in any kitchen setting. With its large capacity and versatile attachments, this machine can handle everything from slicing vegetables to preparing sauces, all in record time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality stainless steel, the food processor ensures durability and resistance to wear over time. Its powerful motor and patented 'S' blade solve the problem of labor-intensive food preparation, allowing chefs to focus on creativity rather than the daunting task of chopping and slicing. Furthermore, the availability of free training from highlights their commitment to not just sell, but also support users in maximizing the machine’s capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.9Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 280(H) x 400(W) x 890(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 550W, 2.4A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 13 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpeed of 1500 rpm for quick food processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePatented stainless steel 'S' blade for exceptional cutting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProducts come with two discs for versatile slicing and grating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInduction motor with a motor brake and pulse function for precise control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eXL hopper easily accommodates whole vegetables like cabbage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes two sizes of feed chutes for versatility in food processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh capacity allows for processing larger batches, saving time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction minimizes wear and facilitates easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to handle varied ingredient sizes, enhancing versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInduction motor technology improves efficiency and lowers operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse function enables precise control for delicate tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-speed settings ensure that ingredients are processed to the right consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Processor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced Productivity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProcess food faster, allowing you to serve more customers in less time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFlexibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile design means you can perform various food preparations with one machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable Performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials and a strong motor ensure consistent results day after day.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick setup and operation help you get started without extensive training.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis food processor excels in numerous culinary settings, making it an asset across various industries. It’s ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing large quantities of salads quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that need to streamline food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafeterias offering diverse menu options with efficient prep times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks that require quick processing for diverse dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth food stores creating fresh and ready-to-eat meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is essential to have the Food Processor installed by a trained to ensure optimal performance and safety. Regular cleaning and maintenance will also prolong the life of the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Food Processor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe capacity is 2.9 liters, making it suitable for handling a variety of food preparation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, there is a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I process large vegetables with this food processor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, the XL hopper can accommodate large ingredients like cabbage and lettuce easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and reliability of the Food Processor with Veg Prep Attachment R211XL Ultra today. It's time to revolutionize your food preparation process and enhance your culinary creations. Order now and take the first step towards effortless cooking!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810876572033,"sku":"J464","price":2793.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/17f53ce8ce7c327d9f20893e15208b7f.png?v=1781704983"},{"product_id":"20l-commercial-planetary-mixer-for-food-preparation","title":"20L Commercial Planetary Mixer for Food Preparation","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 20L Planetary Mixer is a versatile and robust commercial food mixer designed to meet the high demands of busy kitchens. Ideal for restaurants, bakeries, and catering services, this mixer delivers excellent mixing performance, allowing chefs to create a variety of recipes efficiently. Its substantial 20-liter capacity ensures you can handle large quantities at once, significantly reducing preparation time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the 20 offers durability and longevity in a kitchen environment. Built to tackle heavy-duty mixing tasks, its solid metal construction means it won’t falter under pressure. With safety features like a metal bowl guard and a quick stop function, this mixer sets a for reliability and user safety, making it an essential investment for any culinary establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 20Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 770(H) x 515(W) x 560(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 99kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 x Metal dough hook, 1 x Wire whisk, 1 x Flat beater\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree speed settings for precise mixing control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean stainless steel construction saves time during preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVentilated gear-driven motor prevents overheating during heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLever bowl lift mechanism positions the bowl correctly for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features include a strong wire guard and quick stop function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity bowl allows for large batch mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel design withstands daily wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong wire guard enhances safety while operating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile accessories cater to various mixing requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple speed settings offer flexibility for different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design promotes efficiency and hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust Build Quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable for heavy daily use, minimizing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eImproved Safety Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes working in the kitchen safer for staff, reducing liability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh Mixing Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnables efficient preparation of large quantities, saving time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Speed Settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for tailored mixing according to recipe needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20L Planetary Mixer excels in a variety of culinary environments and applications due to its powerful performance and user-friendly design. It is well-suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to streamline ingredient preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for mixing dough and batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services to handle large-scale food production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSchools and institutions providing meals in bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and pop-up kitchens needing reliable equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the 20 on a stable worktop or stand, ensuring it is securely positioned. Regularly clean the stainless steel surfaces to maintain hygiene and appearance. Follow the manufacturer's guidelines for routine maintenance to extend the life of the mixer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the 20L Planetary Mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe power rating is 1.1kW, providing strong mixing capabilities for heavy-duty tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat accessories are included with the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer comes with a metal dough hook, a wire whisk, and a flat beater as accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 20L Planetary Mixer comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the 20L Planetary Mixer means enhancing your kitchen's efficiency and safety, ensuring you achieve excellent mixing results every time. Order today to elevate your culinary operations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810882011521,"sku":"FP511","price":3345.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8f39c8035206272fc0bee0ad5b49ff4f.png?v=1781705080"},{"product_id":"20l-commercial-planetary-mixer-with-three-mixing-heads","title":"20L Commercial Planetary Mixer with Three Mixing Heads","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 20L Planetary Mixer is an essential tool for any commercial kitchen looking to streamline preparation processes. Whether you're mixing heavy dough, whipping up icing, or creating smooth mayonnaise, this robust food mixer is designed to meet the demands of chefs and catering businesses. Its impressive capacity and variable speed settings allow for comprehensive mixing capabilities, making it easy to tackle various tasks efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the 20L Planetary Mixer ensures longevity and stand-up performance in busy food service environments. Built with safety features like a wire safety guard and quick stop button, it offers peace of mind to operators. Unlike traditional mixers, the planetary mixing action guarantees all ingredients are blended thoroughly, providing consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 20L\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBowl Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 5kg Flour \u0026amp; 8kg Dough\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 930(H) x 590(W) x 630(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 92kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree easy-change mixing heads included: whisk, dough hook, and beater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree speed settings (97, 220, 316 rpm) for maximum versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlanetary mixing action ensures uniform mixing of all ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLever-operated bowl lift mechanism for quick and safe access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean construction helps save time after usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOverload protection and reset switch to safeguard against motor strain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong stainless steel construction for durability and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 20L bowl capacity suitable for high-volume production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile mixing options for a variety of culinary applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features protect users while in operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple manual controls for ease of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-efficient design reduces labor costs in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCapable of handling substantial ingredient quantities, ideal for high-demand environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccommodates diverse mixing tasks, ensuring you have the right setting for every recipe.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes the risk of accidents, letting operators focus on the cooking process.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpeeds up the cleaning process, allowing for quicker turnaround times in your kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20L Planetary Mixer excels in various culinary settings, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Here are its ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial bakeries for dough preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for creating consistent sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies to efficiently handle large volume orders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSchools and institutions for meal prep in large quantities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the mixer is placed on a stable, level surface. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the mixing bowl and attachments after each use to prevent contamination and ensure longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the 20L Planetary Mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum dough capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum dough capacity is 8kg, making it suitable for heavy mixing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the mixer have safety features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a strong wire safety guard, a quick stop button, and an overload protection reset switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the 20L Planetary Mixer today to elevate your mixing capabilities and enhance efficiency in your kitchen tasks. Its robust performance and user-friendly design make it a worthwhile investment for professionals who demand quality and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810882077057,"sku":"GL191","price":2423.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1fc132d7134875f1444dcdf9aa4d54a2.png?v=1781705081"},{"product_id":"20ltr-commercial-digital-planetary-mixer-for-food-preparation","title":"20Ltr Commercial Digital Planetary Mixer for Food Preparation","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 20Ltr Digital Planetary Mixer is a commercial-grade food mixer designed for catering professionals and culinary enthusiasts alike. This powerful mixer simplifies the cooking process, allowing you to achieve consistent and efficient mixing results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with high-quality materials including aluminium and stainless steel, this mixer is not only durable but also designed for optimal performance. Its -efficient motor and innovative belt-driven design ensure quieter operation while making routine servicing quicker and simpler compared to traditional gear-driven mixers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kW. Capacity: 20Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 794(H) x 558(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium \u0026amp; Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 52kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital controls and display for seamless operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStepless speed control allows for precise mixing accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSave up to 5 programmes for consistent results and no guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHighly flexible with each programme supporting up to 4 mixing phases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSolid BPA-free interlocked guard ensures safety and cleanliness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOverload safety protection to prevent machine damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWaterproof ON\/OFF switch for added safety during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting -efficient DC brushless motor reduces power consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBelt-driven design enables quieter operation than traditional mixers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlanetary mixing action guarantees thorough mixing of all ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a whisk, spiral dough hook, and dough beater for diverse culinary tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eA stand mount option () ensures ergonomic use and convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean and maintain, enhancing -term usability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower electricity bills while maximizing productivity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreate a more pleasant kitchen environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComprehensive mixing programs\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve consistent results without trial-and-error.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust build quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy a -lasting mixer that withstands heavy use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20Ltr Digital Planetary Mixer is perfect for various culinary applications, making it an invaluable asset in any busy kitchen setting. It excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial bakeries for kneading dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for preparing pastries, batters, and other delicate mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services where large batch production is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking schools for teaching and experimenting with baking techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor effective use, ensure the mixer is mounted securely on the compatible stand. Regularly clean the mixer after use and check for any wear and tear to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer has a capacity of 20 liters, making it suitable for larger batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the motor -efficient?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 20Ltr Digital Planetary Mixer features a -life -efficient DC brushless motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer is equipped with an overload safety protection feature and a solid BPA-free interlocked guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and effectiveness of the 20Ltr Digital Planetary Mixer. Elevate your culinary creations—order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810882830721,"sku":"FU138","price":2908.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/54dc952fcbf2530f20072e760241ff4a.png?v=1781705094"},{"product_id":"20ltr-commercial-spiral-dough-mixer-for-pizza-and-bread","title":"20Ltr Commercial Spiral Dough Mixer for Pizza and Bread","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 20Ltr Spiral Dough Mixer is an essential kitchen companion designed for bakers and catering businesses alike. It specializes in mixing various dough types, from pizza and bread to cake mixtures, ensuring consistent results every time. With this powerful mixer, you'll streamline your baking process, helping you save time while achieving perfect dough textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, the 20Ltr Spiral Dough Mixer features a robust stainless steel build, allowing it to withstand the rigors of daily use. The mixer not only offers superior performance and efficiency but prioritizes safety with an easily accessible emergency stop button and a wire bowl guard. Whether you’re perfecting your recipes or exploring new culinary ideas, this appliance guarantees reliability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax Dough Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 695(H) x 380(W) x 690(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 78kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpiral mixing action ensures all dough is mixed perfectly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 1.1kW commercial motor ideal for soft doughs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean construction saves time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple push-button manual controls enhance user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixes up to 8kg of ingredients at once for larger batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOverload protection ensures safe operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpeedBowl 20RPM and hook speed at 205RPM for efficient mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong stainless steel spiral dough hook helps achieve optimal dough consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomically designed with user safety in mind, featuring emergency stop functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStability ensured by a sturdy base, suitable for countertop use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity bowl accommodates bigger mixing jobs, reducing batch frequency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design suitable for various kitchen sizes without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spiral Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt to last for daily, high-volume use with minimal maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient Mixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMixes dough quickly, saving you time to focus on other aspects of baking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh Dough Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for larger batches, perfect for businesses needing large quantities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-Friendly Controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily operate and adjust settings, reducing training time for staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20Ltr Spiral Dough Mixer is perfect for a variety of baking applications. Its versatility allows it to excel in multiple settings:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes producing their own bread and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries offering a broad range of baked goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services creating high-volume dough mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking schools and culinary programs teaching baking techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, place the mixer on a stable countertop. Regularly clean the stainless steel surfaces for hygiene and longevity. Follow manufacturer guidelines for maintenance to keep it in top condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum dough capacity of the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer can handle a maximum dough capacity of 8Ltr.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bowl and dough hook made of stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, both the bowl and the dough hook are constructed from strong stainless steel for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of motor does the mixer have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer is equipped with a powerful 1.1kW commercial motor, ideal for soft doughs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the transformative benefits of the 20Ltr Spiral Dough Mixer for your baking needs. With its powerful construction and efficient mixing capabilities, it's the perfect addition to any kitchen. Order today to enhance your baking efficiency!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810883060097,"sku":"CP821","price":1792.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d55d81bac6909f6f43101fc7eef82e85.png?v=1781705095"},{"product_id":"21l-commercial-spiral-dough-mixer-with-safety-guard","title":"21L Commercial Spiral Dough Mixer with Safety Guard","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 21Ltr Spiral Dough Mixer Hercules 20 is the ideal choice for bakers and pastry chefs seeking efficiency and consistency in their dough preparation process. Designed specifically for commercial use, this powerful mixer allows you to create fresh dough and pastry effortlessly, freeing up your time for other critical kitchen tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with high-quality materials, including a brushed stainless steel mixing bowl and forged spiral dough hook, this dough mixer addresses the challenges of mixing large quantities of dough. Its robust construction not only ensures durability but also aids in producing ideal textures for various dough types. With a feature set focused on usability and safety, the Hercules 20 stands apart in its category.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 750W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 21Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 590(H) x 380(W) x 680(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 65kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Cream\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient single-speed operation for consistent mixing results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty motor with a lubricated gearbox ensures longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpeedy spiral hook operation at 85 rpm for optimal dough consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety micro switch protected safety guard minimizes injury risks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRapid mixing capabilities, allowing you to produce dough quickly without compromising quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile attachments provide options for making various dough types, from pizza bases to breads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures -lasting performance in high-demand kitchen settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits seamlessly into most commercial kitchen spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow noise operation helps maintain a pleasant working environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean surfaces streamline the maintenance process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spiral Mixers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient mixing speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet consistent dough results faster, enhancing productivity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuality materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance and longevity reduce the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind for staff with protections against accidents during operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 21Ltr Spiral Dough Mixer Hercules 20 excels in various environments, catering to numerous baking needs. Here are some of its ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for pizzerias producing large batches of pizza dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for bakeries focused on bread preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for pastry shops needing uniform dough consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for catering services requiring efficient dough mixing for large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the mixer is placed on a flat, stable surface for optimal operation. Regularly check and clean the mixing bowl and attachments to maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer operates at 750W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the mixing bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixing bowl has a capacity of 21 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty is provided?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is a 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency of -grade dough preparation with the 21Ltr Spiral Dough Mixer Hercules 20. Order today and transform your baking process!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885288321,"sku":"CE059","price":3247.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/bb6e232a77e6cdc54dd81d90db0fce03.png?v=1781705126"},{"product_id":"29l-commercial-planetary-stand-mixer-with-three-speed-settings","title":"29L Commercial Planetary Stand Mixer with Three Speed Settings","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 29Ltr Planetary Stand Mixer is an essential addition for any kitchen, designed to streamline your food preparation process. Whether you're a baker, chef, or caterer, this powerful commercial food mixer ensures optimal performance and versatility, allowing you to tackle a variety of culinary tasks with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with robust materials, the Stand Mixer features a powerful 1.5kW motor, capable of handling demanding mixing jobs. The planetary mixing action effectively blends all ingredients in the 29-litre stainless steel bowl, delivering consistent results every time. Its ergonomic design and stable stand allow for safe operation, making it a reliable tool that stands out in the competitive world of commercial catering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 29Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 160kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 1300(H) x 670(W) x 710(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree speed settings of 91, 166, and 282rpm, allowing for precise mixing control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes whisk, spiral dough hook, and dough beater for versatile mixing needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOverload protection ensures the safety and longevity of the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLever-operated bowl lift provides easy access for adding ingredients and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMax flour capacity of 7.5kg, perfect for bulk baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMax dough capacity of 11.3kg, making it ideal for heavy dough mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlanetary mixing action ensures thorough and uniform blending of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomically mounted stand allows for safe and stable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple push-button controls enhance user-friendliness and operational efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from durable stainless steel for easy cleaning and -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 1.5kW motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHandles heavy-duty mixing tasks with ease, perfect for commercial kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eThree-speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers versatility for various recipes, from delicate creams to heavy doughs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures durability and makes cleaning quick and hassle-free.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e29Ltr capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides ample space for mixing large quantities, saving you time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 29Ltr Planetary Stand Mixer excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile choice for your culinary needs. This mixer is primarily suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial bakeries\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurant kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and patisseries\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood production facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the Stand Mixer requires hardwiring and is available for installation. Regular maintenance is recommended to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of motor does the Stand Mixer have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer features a powerful 1.5kW commercial motor designed for heavy-duty usage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum dough capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can handle a maximum dough capacity of 11.3kg, making it suitable for larger baking tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with mixing accessories?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the mixer is supplied with a whisk, spiral dough hook, and dough beater for various mixing needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen with the 29Ltr Planetary Stand Mixer – a reliable partner that enhances your mixing efficiency and provides consistent results. Order today to experience unparalleled performance in your culinary adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810894299521,"sku":"GJ461","price":3393.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fbf774766c090dd5a15ff91768244a5e.png?v=1781705250"},{"product_id":"2l-commercial-bar-blender-with-variable-speed-14-000-24-000rpm","title":"2L Commercial Bar Blender with Variable Speed 14,000-24,000rpm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bar Blender is an indispensable tool for both bartenders and home enthusiasts looking to elevate their drink-making experience. Designed with precision in mind, this blender brings versatility and efficiency, enabling you to create perfect smoothies, refreshing cocktails, and more in moments. Its powerful performance and user-friendly design makes it an ideal choice for any kitchen or bar setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel and durable plastic, the HOST Bar Blender is built to withstand the demands of daily use. Its sleek black finish adds a modern touch, while its advanced features such as motor overheat protection ensure safe operation. This blender effectively addresses challenging tasks like crushing ice, making it a standout option for those who love mixing cocktails or frozen beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e 14,000-24,000rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr | 70½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 535(H) x 200(W) x 220(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts Only\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.9kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecially designed for crushing ice, making it perfect for cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse function allows for precise manual blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAnti-slip feet ensure safe and stable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design simplifies maintenance and upkeep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile speed settings enhance control over blending consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 1.1kW motor for high-performance blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control provides flexibility for different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity accommodates a variety of blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction ensures longevity and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse function provides users with precise manual control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to handle and store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMotor overheat protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances safety and extends the lifespan of your blender.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGives you control for precise blending suitable for different tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies maintenance, saving you time on cleanup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh ice-crushing capability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for cocktails, smoothies, and frozen drinks, ensuring perfect texture.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bar Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any culinary environment. Whether at a busy bar, a restaurant, or home, it shines in multiple applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing cocktails and frozen beverages in bars and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreparing smoothies and protein shakes for health-conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating sauces, dressings, and other liquid accompaniments in kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCrushing ice for special events, parties, and gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUsed in cafes for blending coffee drinks and frappes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, place the HOST Bar Blender on a flat and stable surface. Regularly clean the blender after use, following the easy-clean design to maintain hygiene and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the HOST Bar Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bar Blender has a generous capacity of 2 liters, accommodating a range of blending needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blender crush ice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the HOST Bar Blender is specially designed for crushing ice, making it ideal for cocktails and frozen drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty available for the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the blender comes with a 1-Year Parts Only Warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and performance of the HOST Bar Blender in your home or kitchen. Order today and take the first step towards effortless blending.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810894823809,"sku":"HT237","price":168.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/05a1b3e4ad302ce139dc0d8cf02dbe9f.png?v=1781705258"},{"product_id":"2l-commercial-food-blender-with-borosilicate-glass-jug","title":"2L Commercial Food Blender with Borosilicate Glass Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 5XL Satin is designed for culinary enthusiasts who seek to elevate their blending experience. Whether you're a chef or a home cook, this powerful food blender streamlines the process of creating smoothies, soups, and sauces while preserving essential nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with a durable 2-litre borosilicate glass jug, this blender not only withstands the rigors of both hot and cold liquids but also utilizes advanced cold mix technology to ensure that your ingredients maintain their temperature. This means no nutrients are lost during the blending process. The Blender Power boasts an innovative BlenderMix technology for a finer blend, along with the honor of being recognized with the Quiet Mark Accreditation, making it a standout choice for any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 445(H) x 184(W) x 184(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Borosilicate Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.1kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Satin Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAirtight lid with graduated measuring cup for precise measurements\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRecipe book included with nutritional information to inspire new creations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with the free App for access to additional recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour auto programs and manual speed control for tailored blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimised blade design for achieving the perfect emulsion in your mixes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe thermo-resistant borosilicate glass jug allows for blending both hot and cold ingredients seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInclude precise measurements with the integrated graduated measuring cup to enhance your cooking accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccess an inspiring collection of recipes through the App to keep your meal preparations diverse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe Quiet Mark Accredited design ensures a peaceful kitchen environment during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe unique BlenderMix technology delivers a consistently smooth blend, enhancing the texture of your mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour auto programs make this blender user-friendly, catering to all skill levels while providing flexibility for customized blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eThermo-resistant glass jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMix hot and cold liquids without worry, keeping all nutrients intact.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreate delicious meals without the noise, making your kitchen a pleasant space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRecipe book included\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet inspired and try new dishes that fit your nutritional needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBlenderMix technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve a finer blend for smooth sauces and soups, enhancing meal quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Blender Power 5XL is perfect for a variety of settings and applications. Whether you're making a quick smoothie for breakfast or preparing a gourmet soup, this blender excels in numerous environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for daily meal prep and smoothies\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens for consistent performance and efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and juice bars for creating fresh beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth-focused meal preparations for maintaining nutritional value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimum performance, the blender requires a electric outlet for operation. The glass jug is dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning, while the base can be wiped down to maintain its sleek appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Blender Power 5XL handle hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the thermo-resistant borosilicate glass jug is designed to blend both hot and cold liquids safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes included with the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a recipe book, a measuring cap, and a spatula to help you make the most of your blending experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this blender noisy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the Blender Power 5XL is recognized with the Quiet Mark Accreditation for its powerful yet quiet operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the joy of blending with the Blender Power 5XL Satin. Don’t miss the opportunity to enhance your culinary skills and preserve the nutrition of your ingredients. Order today and take the first step towards healthier, delicious meals!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810895217025,"sku":"CU209","price":604.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9d0a76f15f9c4918340fa8c010a4a17e.png?v=1781705263"},{"product_id":"2ltr-commercial-food-blender-with-extra-stainless-steel-jug","title":"2Ltr Commercial Food Blender with Extra Stainless Steel Jug","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe X-Prep Kitchen Blender MX1200XTXEK with Extra Jug is a powerful addition to any culinary setup, designed specifically for chefs and food enthusiasts who demand efficiency and versatility in their blending tasks. This food blender streamlines your preparation process, allowing for quicker and more consistent results without compromising on quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust stainless steel and plastic design, the blender is built to withstand the demands of a busy kitchen. Its high-performance motor and additional 2-litre stainless steel jar offer the capability to boost output significantly. Whether you’re blending smoothies, pureeing soups, or creating sauces, this blender offers a blend of durability and performance that can tackle any task with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5kW Variable speed 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr | 70½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 457(H) x 215(W) x 209(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.18kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-performance commercial grade motor for reliable blending\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed from 1500 to 2800 RPM caters to diverse recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubberized jar pad and legs minimize noise during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean one-piece removable jar pad enhances convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel blade ensures -lasting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control accommodates different blending needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdditional 2-litre jug enhances production capabilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions fit comfortably in a variety of kitchen spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubberized components for sound absorption create a quieter environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy duty materials designed for commercial applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick and easy cleaning process saves valuable preparation time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful blending capabilities\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly prepares ingredients, making meal prep efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizes blending for different textures and recipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDual jug setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows simultaneous or batch blending for larger quantities\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResists wear and tear, providing -term value\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe X-Prep Kitchen Blender excels in various culinary environments, making it a versatile tool for both and home kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for smoothie bars and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for restaurants needing quick sauce and soup preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent for catering firms managing bulk preparations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWorks well in pastry shops for blending batters and creams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain your blender, regular cleaning is recommended after each use. Ensure all parts are compatible before installation, helping it function optimally in your kitchen setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe X-Prep Kitchen Blender has a capacity of 2 litres, perfect for large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blender handle hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel construction makes it suitable for blending hot liquids like soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the X-Prep Kitchen Blender MX1200XTXEK, you'll experience enhanced efficiency and versatility in your culinary tasks. Order today and elevate your kitchen experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810895479169,"sku":"SA503","price":2908.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/45f9b5b82072a81e6f01163ef4fa44b6.png?v=1781705264"},{"product_id":"2ltr-commercial-food-blender-with-variable-speed-control","title":"2Ltr Commercial Food Blender with Variable Speed Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe VortecS Blender 83810 is the perfect addition for anyone seeking to elevate their culinary experience. This exceptional food blender is designed for users who demand efficiency and precision in their blending tasks, whether for daily smoothies, soups, or purees. The most significant benefit it offers is its powerful motor and advanced blade technology, ensuring that all ingredients blend seamlessly into your desired consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered in the UK, the VortecS Blender showcases a sturdy build with high-quality materials like polished stainless steel, setting it apart from other blenders on the market. The innovative design solves the common problem of uneven blending, thanks to its unique blend of horned, serrated, and dipped blades. This functionality provides a smooth blend every time, making it an invaluable tool in any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW Variable speed 2Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2Ltr | 70½oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 42.8(H) x 25.2(W) x 22.2(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 4.69 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW, 13A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour speed settings allow for custom blending control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAuto pulse feature detects food consistency for optimal blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable blades for thorough and effortless cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip feet provide stability on various surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVortecS technology actively pulls food down into the blades for a finer blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety interlock system ensures the unit doesn't operate unless properly set up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe jar for easy maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 1kW motor enhances blending speed and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed settings for maximum versatility across different recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEngineered blades create uniform textures, from smoothies to sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction ensures longevity and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 2L capacity is ideal for preparing meals for families or gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design makes it simple for anyone to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFaster blending, saving you time in food preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVortecS technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieves smoother blends without clumping.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess time spent on maintenance means more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety interlock system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind, knowing it’s safe to use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe VortecS Blender excels in various environments, making it a versatile tool for your kitchen. Whether you're a home cook or a chef, this blender can elevate your food prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for crafting smoothies, soups, and sauces in homes and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for puree-ing fruits and vegetables for baby food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent for large batch preparations in catering settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for restaurant kitchens requiring consistent blending performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe VortecS Blender is straightforward to set up with its user-friendly design. Ensure the jar is securely fastened to the base before use, and remember to remove the blades for easy cleaning after blending sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of food can I blend with the VortecS Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blender can handle a variety of foods, including smoothies, soups, sauces, and purees.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jar dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 2L jar is dishwasher safe for easy maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no commercial warranty for this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and precision of the VortecS Blender 83810 in your kitchen. With its powerful motor and innovative design, it guarantees smooth blending results every time. Order today and take your culinary creations to the next level!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810895511937,"sku":"GF334","price":299.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1b8df3203568a309ef191f12ecabb0d8.png?v=1781705265"},{"product_id":"300mm-chamber-vacuum-packing-machine-for-commercial-use","title":"300mm Chamber Vacuum Packing Machine for Commercial Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Senses 300 Chamber Vacuum Packer SVT-03019 is a remarkable addition for any culinary enthusiast looking to enhance their cooking experience. Designed for both home chefs and kitchens, this vacuum packing machine provides the exceptional benefit of preserving food quality and extending shelf life, making it an indispensable tool for sous vide cooking and food storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, this vacuum packer boasts a robust and durable design that withstands frequent use while maintaining performance. Its unique chamber design ensures the thorough extraction of air from the entire chamber, not just the bag. This feature prevents liquids from escaping during the sealing process, a common issue with vacuum packers. With its customizable vacuum level managed by time, it caters to both basic and complex packaging needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 380W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 257(H) x 367(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVacuum chamber dimensions of 100x310x330mm enhance efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital control panel simplifies operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSeals bags up to 30cm, accommodating various food items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to effectively vacuum both liquid and wet food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFeatures a built-in bag-clamp device for easy bag placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable cycle time and time for customized settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation allows for comfortable use in any environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eChamber design prevents liquid escape during sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInnovative vacuum control tailored for and home settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction ensures longevity and hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation makes it suitable for any kitchen environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital panel enables effortless management of sealing processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMarinates food in just 27 minutes, enhancing flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Vacuum Packing Machines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSeals liquid and wet food effectively\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy the versatility of marinating and storing all types of food with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly interface\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplified operation saves you time and reduces preparation stress.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel build\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability means your investment lasts longer, ensuring reliability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e27-minute marinating cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly enhances food flavors, perfect for busy lifestyles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis vacuum packing machine excels in a range of settings, making it an essential tool for various culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens looking to preserve food quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome cooks who enjoy sous vide cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCaterers needing to store ingredients efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood distributors that require -term preservation solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo install the Senses 300, simply place it on a stable, flat surface. Ensure the power connection is secure and adhere to the operating instructions for optimal performance. Regularly clean the stainless steel surfaces to maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this machine liquid foods?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Senses 300 effectively vacuum seals liquid and wet food, preventing mess during the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum bag size it can?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis vacuum packer accommodates bags up to 30cm in size, allowing for a variety of food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty included with the purchase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit includes a 2-year warranty covering both parts and labor for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the transformative value of the Senses 300 Chamber Vacuum Packer SVT-03019 in your kitchen today. Simplify your food storage and preparation tasks while ensuring the quality and taste of your culinary creations. Order now and elevate your cooking journey!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810901705089,"sku":"HW493","price":1029.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/48a501b22eafdb3cd66565a528ad152b.png?v=1781705322"},{"product_id":"300mm-commercial-vacuum-packing-machine-electric-sealer","title":"300mm Commercial Vacuum Packing Machine Electric Sealer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Vacuum Pack Machine 300mm HOST0602VP is an essential tool designed for those who prioritize freshness and efficiency in food storage. Perfect for home cooks, small businesses, and catering professionals, this vacuum packing machine provides the convenience of preserving food items while saving space in your kitchen. Its reliable performance ensures that your food stays fresh for longer, minimizing waste and maximizing flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality plastic materials, the HOST Vacuum Pack Machine combines durability with optimal functionality. This user-friendly device addresses common food storage challenges by effectively removing air before sealing vacuum bags, thus extending the shelf life of your perishables. Unlike many other vacuum sealers, its easy-clean design makes maintenance a breeze, ensuring that you can keep your device in top-notch condition with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 86(H) x 357(W) x 148(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealing width\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 300mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVacuum capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 9Ltr\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVacuum Pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e Max.-0.75bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.65m\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTouch controls for quick and easy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCancel function to quickly stop the sealing process if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e only function available - no need for a separate sealer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean design for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -grade sealing capability preserves food freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size allows for easy storage in any kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play functionality makes setup straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTouch controls provide intuitive operation for all users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures -lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile sealing options cater to a variety of food items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Vacuum Packing Machine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient food preservation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeep food fresh for longer, reducing waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-to-use controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAnyone can quickly learn to operate the machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSave valuable countertop and storage space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time enjoying your meals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Vacuum Pack Machine excels in various settings, from home kitchens to commercial spaces. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome food storage to extend the life of perishables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMeal prep for busy individuals wanting to save time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring efficient food packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOutdoor enthusiasts needing to preserve snacks for hikes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to manage food inventory more effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis vacuum packing machine requires no special installation and can be easily integrated into your kitchen. Regular cleaning after each use will ensure it remains in excellent working condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the sealing width of the HOST Vacuum Pack Machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sealing width is up to 300mm, accommodating various bag sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the HOST Vacuum Pack Machine easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, its time-saving design allows for easy cleaning after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum vacuum pressure it can achieve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine can achieve a maximum vacuum pressure of -0.75bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your food stays fresh and delicious with the HOST Vacuum Pack Machine 300mm HOST0602VP. Order today and elevate your food storage solutions!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810902819201,"sku":"HT046","price":60.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6bb0d5ad40eb6a6f43559149d63925a7.png?v=1781705336"},{"product_id":"300mm-commercial-vacuum-packing-machine-for-food-storage","title":"300mm Commercial Vacuum Packing Machine for Food Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Vacuum Sealer VS270P is designed for those who appreciate culinary excellence and convenience in food storage. Ideal for home cooks, chefs, and anyone keen on preserving flavor and freshness, this vacuum packing machine allows for effortless sealing of food items to extend their shelf life and enhance marinating efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality polycarbonate materials, the VS270P guarantees durability while providing a user-friendly experience. Its compact design supports easy storage and portability, making it a suitable addition to any kitchen setup. With its innovative features aimed at solving common food preservation issues, this vacuum sealer stands out for its ease of use and practicality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 100W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e width\u003c\/strong\u003e 300mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 95(H) x 405(W) x 160(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.25kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design allows for easy portability and integration into your kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOne-handed operation feature enables quick and effortless sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWide vacuum channel simplifies loading and cleaning, enhancing user convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable double piston pump efficiently delivers a maximum vacuum level to keep food fresher for longer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOne-touch 'Auto Vac \u0026amp; ' mode provides a straightforward sealing process for any user.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse setting ensures accurate vacuuming without damaging delicate items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable bag cutter accessory adds versatility for preparing bags and cutting rolls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-lock handle for a comfortable grip and one-handed operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction guarantees -term use and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient vacuum sealing ensures reduced food waste and prolonged shelf life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design simplifies the vacuum sealing process for any skill level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact and lightweight, perfect for both home kitchens and on-the-go use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile cleaning design makes maintenance quick and hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Vacuum Packing Machines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to store and transport for everyday use and travel.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting appliance that withstands frequent use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient Vacuum Pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps food fresh for longer, reducing spoilage and waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIntuitive Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies the food packaging process, making it accessible to all users.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWarranty Coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures peace of mind with a 2-year service commitment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vacuum Sealer VS270P excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile tool for any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome cooks looking to preserve seasonal produce and leftovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens aiming to extend shelf life for prepared meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCampers needing to store food efficiently while on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eChefs preparing meats for marinades or sous-vide cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIndividuals managing portion control or bulk buying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vacuum sealer is easy to operate and requires minimal setup. Ensure that the vacuum channel is kept clean for optimal performance, and follow the manufacturer's guidelines for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of material is the vacuum sealer made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vacuum Sealer VS270P is made from durable polycarbonate material, ensuring longevity and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the one-touch 'Auto Vac \u0026amp; ' feature work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-touch feature automates the vacuum sealing process, allowing users to without needing to manage multiple settings manually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum width?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vacuum sealer can bags up to 300mm in width, accommodating various food sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Vacuum Sealer VS270P to elevate your food storage experience. Enjoy fresher meals and reduced waste—order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810902851969,"sku":"JF729","price":136.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7373675b26bff87e8ad1720cc9a4f6bb.png?v=1781705336"},{"product_id":"4-litre-commercial-kitchen-blender-with-variable-speeds","title":"4 Litre Commercial Kitchen Blender with Variable Speeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Kitchen Blender SB-4 is a powerful food blender designed for culinary enthusiasts and professionals alike. With a robust 4-litre jug, this versatile appliance allows you to blend a wide array of ingredients efficiently, making it an essential tool in any kitchen. Whether you're whipping up smoothies, soups, or sauces, the Kitchen Blender brings precision and ease to your cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality materials, including a durable Xylex jug and an aluminium alloy base, this blender not only promises longevity but also stability during use. Its motor, strategically positioned behind the jug, ensures an optimal working height and enhances balance. The Kitchen Blender effectively addresses the challenge of uneven blending, providing a seamless solution for all your mixing needs while prioritizing safety with a patented hinged lid holder that includes a safety switch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 445(H) x 270(W) x 365(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 700-15,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed controls for tailored blending results\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean design for quick maintenance between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction for effortless movement and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse function for precise blending control when needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eKnife unit crafted from stainless steel for durability and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity jug allows you to blend large batches in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speeds enhance versatility for various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features prevent accidents and ensure peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it portable and easy to handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust materials promise durability, ensuring -term satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick cleaning process saves time, keeping you focused on cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blender\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect consistency for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevents accidents, allowing you to blend with confidence.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily transportable and convenient for storage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kitchen Blender excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to your culinary toolkit. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for meal prep efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés blending fresh smoothies and juices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants crafting soups and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for quick and easy cooking solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth-focused establishments preparing nutritious drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Kitchen Blender is a breeze. Simply place it on a stable surface, plug it into a compatible power source and it's ready for use. Regular cleaning of the jug and blade assembly after each use will ensure optimal performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Kitchen Blender SB-4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender has a capacity of 4 litres, allowing for large batching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of materials are used in its construction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender features an aluminium base and a xylex jug for durability and effectiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the blender handle high temperatures?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile designed for durable use, avoid blending extremely hot liquids to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEquip your kitchen with the Kitchen Blender SB-4 and experience the ease of blending like never before. Order today and elevate your culinary skills!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915369345,"sku":"FA543","price":3223.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f59a97e24a4bcd24bbf80fff7a017300.png?v=1781705506"},{"product_id":"4-tray-commercial-food-dehydrator-for-healthy-snacks","title":"4 Tray Commercial Food Dehydrator for Healthy Snacks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 4 Tray Dehydrator 2400 is an essential tool for anyone passionate about creating healthy snacks and preserving ingredients. Designed specifically for culinary professionals and home enthusiasts alike, this dehydrator makes it easy to transform perishables into -lasting treats that taste exceptional. Whether you’re making dried fruits, vegetables, or jerky, this unit ensures you can do it with ease and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable polycarbonate, the Excalibur dehydrator is built for longevity and reliability. Its innovative removable front door allows for hassle-free loading and cleaning, addressing a common challenge faced by many in the kitchen. The combination of its quality materials and thoughtful design sets this dehydrator apart from others on the market, making it a smart choice for those seeking to elevate their culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 220W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 160(H) x 320(W) x 430(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.62kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrying Area\u003c\/strong\u003e 280x280mm per tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eParaFlexx horizontal airflow for even and uninterrupted drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly adjustable thermostat for accurate heating options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSquare tray design offers larger capacity compared to round trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour removable and dishwasher-safe trays included for easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable front door enhances accessibility for loading and unloading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe trays make cleanup simple and convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eManual controls allow for precise adjustments, maximizing your drying capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat ranges from 35°C to 73°C for versatile food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design is easy to store or relocate as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-year warranty provides peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dehydrator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt to withstand regular use, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance and more time creating delicious snacks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable drying allows for a broader range of foods, from herbs to meat.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWarranty coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConfidence in your purchase security with two years of support.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 4 Tray Dehydrator is suited for various applications, making it a versatile choice in any kitchen environment. Its design is particularly effective for the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating healthy snacks like dried fruits and vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreserving herbs and spices for -term storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreparing jerky for an on-the-go protein source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCrafting specialty dishes for catering events and kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaking dried flowers or potpourri for decorative uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the dehydrator is on a flat, stable surface during use. Regularly check the trays and ensure they are cleaned properly after each use to maintain hygiene and function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum temperature for the Excalibur dehydrator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable thermostat allows you to set the temperature range from 35°C to 73°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit includes four removable trays for ample drying space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the trays are dishwasher safe, making cleaning straightforward and hassle-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the benefits of healthier living and delicious homemade snacks with the Excalibur 4 Tray Dehydrator 2400. Order today to enhance your culinary capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915926401,"sku":"JF754","price":338.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/13c081db89a4cabb5d306bbc592d04fa.png?v=1781705510"},{"product_id":"4-3l-commercial-countertop-mixer-with-ten-speed-settings","title":"4.3L Commercial Countertop Mixer with Ten Speed Settings","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Classic Tilt-Head Stand Mixer 4.3Ltr 5K45SSBWH is an essential tool for any home cook or baking enthusiast. Designed for versatility and ease of use, this countertop mixer allows you to effortlessly whip, mix, and knead your way to delicious creations. Its powerful performance and thoughtful design make it a standout addition to your kitchen, transforming the way you prepare meals and treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis stand mixer boasts a full metal body construction, providing durability and a sleek look. It is equipped with a tilt-head design, making it simple to switch out attachments and check on your mixtures. By efficiently tackling heavy mixing tasks, it eliminates the hassle of manual mixing, ensuring perfectly blended ingredients every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 275W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.3Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 333(H) x 358(W) x 221(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.45kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Non-Commercial\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDirect-drive motor offers quiet and effective performance without power loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTilt-head configuration allows for easy access and attachment changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlanetary mixing action ensures thorough blending and incorporates ingredients quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher-safe stainless steel bowl and accessories simplify cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMounted on a stable stand for ergonomic use and convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTen speed settings provide precise control for all your mixing tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient mixing action that saves time and.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for easy maneuverability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile attachments for a range of culinary techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel materials that resist wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh torque and power for tough doughs and batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact footprint that fits easily on most countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful Direct-Drive Motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDelivers reliable performance without loss of momentum.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to Clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSave time on cleanup with dishwasher-safe parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExpand your baking repertoire with whisk, beater, and dough hook.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mixer excels in various applications, making it the perfect partner for daily cooking and special. Here are some of the ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBaking cakes, cookies, and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eKneading bread dough effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWhipping cream for desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing batters for savory dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreparing festive treats for gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain your mixer, regularly clean the stainless steel bowl and attachments in the dishwasher. Ensure the unit is securely attached to a stable surface when in use for optimal mixing performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer has a capacity of 4.3 liters, perfect for mixing large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mixer suitable for commercial use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is designed for home use only and does not have a commercial warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat attachments are included with the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a stainless steel whisk, flat beater, and a strong dough hook for all your mixing needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the impact of the Classic Tilt-Head Stand Mixer in your culinary creations. Order today and elevate your kitchen experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810916385153,"sku":"J400","price":981.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/16cead9408b2aac790a29f847a170310.png?v=1781705519"},{"product_id":"400w-commercial-hand-mixer-with-six-speed-options","title":"400W Commercial Hand Mixer with Six Speed Options","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Mixer is a versatile kitchen tool designed for home cooks and those in small commercial kitchens looking for reliable mixing performance. Ideal for a variety of mixing tasks, this hand mixer streamlines your food preparation process, ensuring perfect blends every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable plastic, the Hand Mixer offers a light-duty option for occasional use in your kitchen. With its efficient design and ease of cleaning, it stands out as a practical solution for whipping, mixing, and aerating foods without the hassle of bulky appliances. This mixer is particularly advantageous for those who value functionality without compromising space in their kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 400W, Six speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 190(H) x 84(W) x 150(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 930g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design for easy operation and simple storage after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight for comfortable operation during longer mixing tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSix speeds with turbo function allow for precise mixing results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow starting speed reduces splatter for cleaner food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEject button lets you quickly remove mixing heads for straightforward cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSix speed settings ensure you can achieve the perfect consistency for your recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction promotes ease of use for all skill levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTurbo function provides an extra burst of power when you need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow splatter design keeps your kitchen tidy while mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable plastic material guarantees longevity and robustness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size makes it easy to store and keeps countertops clutter-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Hand Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile speed options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMix a variety of ingredients with precision.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTurbo function\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly tackle tough mixtures without overwhelming your hands.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves you time and effort after cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight build\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimized fatigue even during longer mixing tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Mixer excels in various kitchen scenarios, making it a must-have for any culinary enthusiast. Whether you’re whipping up cake batter or mixing dough, it’s versatile enough for numerous applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for small baking projects in residential kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for catering events where ease of transport is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for quick meal preparations, efficiently mixing sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful in small cafés and food stalls to whip cream and blend ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain your Hand Mixer, ensure that you regularly clean the mixing heads immediately after use. Simply eject them with the press of a button and wash with warm soapy water. Avoid using abrasive cleaners to preserve the mixer’s finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of dishes can I prepare with this hand mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Mixer is perfect for whipping, mixing, and aerating a wide variety of ingredients, including batter for cakes, doughs, creams, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this mixer suitable for heavy-duty tasks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hand mixer is designed for light-duty use and is best suited for occasional household mixing tasks rather than intensive, applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the hand mixer come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Hand Mixer comes with a 1-year warranty, providing peace of mind on your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your kitchen experience with the Hand Mixer. Streamlined for and ease of use, order today to simplify your mixing tasks and enjoy better results in your culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810917663105,"sku":"BW002","price":55.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0ee7534ce1cf11644f9ff1bdd6cf02c4.png?v=1781705535"},{"product_id":"4ltr-commercial-stick-blender-with-detachable-shaft","title":"4Ltr Commercial Stick Blender with Detachable Shaft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender is an essential kitchen tool designed for food enthusiasts and chefs alike. This versatile food blender excels in delivering powerful blending capabilities, making it a go-to choice for creating smooth soups, sauces, and batters in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, including a titanium-coated stainless steel blade and a rubber grip, this stick blender is built to last. Its lightweight design ensures comfortable handling, allowing you to blend for extended periods without discomfort. Whether you're prepping meals or experimenting with new recipes, the Stick Blender streamlines the blending process, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 220W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft length\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm (detachable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4 kg (packed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft, Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 to 13,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDetachable shaft makes cleanup quick and easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUltra-strong blade ensures consistent results with thick ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows precise blending for various textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy portability without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction prevents hand strain during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design for easy storage and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-performance motor tackles even the toughest ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction minimizes wear and increases longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMulti-speed capability enhances versatility for different blending needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to grip handle for secure control during blending tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use across various food preparation tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 220W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blend tough ingredients for smoothies and soups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDetachable shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies cleaning, allowing for quick transitions between recipes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact and lightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to store and handle, reducing fatigue during use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTailor your blending process for desired textures with ease.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender is suitable for a wide range of applications, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen. Whether you're in a home or a setting, its various functions allow for numerous uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreparation of soups and purees in restaurants or home kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing batters and doughs for baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating smoothies and shakes for health-conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEmulsifying sauces and dressings quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlending baby food for parents seeking fresh options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, it is recommended to regularly clean the detachable shaft and blade. This not only maintains hygiene but also preserves the blender's longevity. The unit is compatible with kitchen practices, making it easy to integrate into your cooking routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity of the blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Stick Blender has a capacity of 4 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shaft easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the detachable shaft of the blender simplifies cleaning significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of foods can I blend?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender is capable of blending a variety of foods, from thick soups to smoothies and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen tools with the Stick Blender. Its powerful design and ergonomic comfort make it the ideal choice for any chef looking to streamline their food preparation. Order today and experience the difference in your cooking routine.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810923790721,"sku":"CF001","price":314.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f1e5f5d9dc6302bee36bc7f14cd58106.png?v=1781705597"},{"product_id":"5-2l-commercial-countertop-stand-mixer-in-contour-silver","title":"5.2L Commercial Countertop Stand Mixer in Contour Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Stand Mixer 5.2Ltr Contour Silver is an essential tool for every home baker and culinary enthusiast. Designed to make mixing dough, cream, batter, or cake mix effortless, this countertop mixer combines functionality with aesthetic appeal, making it an excellent addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable die-cast zinc, the stand mixer is built to withstand the rigors of daily use, ensuring it remains a reliable partner in your culinary adventures. Its elegant Contour Silver finish provides a modern touch, while its robust features focus on efficiency. The mixer alleviates the hassle of manual mixing, allowing you to achieve consistently great results with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 419(H) x 287(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Die-Cast Zinc\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 12.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e11 distinct speeds, from low speed folding to high speed whipping, including a new fold speed that is half the speed of stir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSoft start feature ensures gentle acceleration, minimizing mess during mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh heat cut-off automatically turns off the mixer if it starts to overheat, ensuring -term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSecure fit pouring shield helps keep ingredients in the bowl during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOriginal planetary action guarantees fast and thorough mixing, reaching every part of the bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 5.2-liter capacity, accommodating large batches for big gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction designed to withstand rigorous use, ensuring lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple speed settings for versatility, perfect for a variety of mixing tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design for seamless operation, suitable for both beginners and experienced bakers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean and maintain, saving you time in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eModern aesthetic that complements contemporary kitchen designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly mix dense dough and batters, reducing preparation time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePremium construction materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy -lasting durability and reliability in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile mixing speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdapt to various recipes with ease, from gentle folds to intense whipping.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind knowing that the mixer will protect itself during use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis powerful stand mixer excels in a variety of settings, making it perfect for both personal and use. Whether you are baking for a family gathering or preparing large batches for a café, this appliance meets your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome baking for families or gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePastry and dessert preparation in cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBaking classes and workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreparation of large quantities of dough for restaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the mixer is placed on a flat, stable surface for optimal performance. Routine cleaning of the attachments and bowl will keep it in prime condition. Always refer to the user manual for detailed maintenance guidance to extend the life of your appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of mixture can I prepare with this stand mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can mix a variety of substances including dough for bread, cake batter, and whipped cream.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the stand mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the bowl and attachments for easy cleaning. Wipe the machine's exterior with a damp cloth to maintain its finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for the stand mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand mixer comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your baking experience with the Heavy Duty Stand Mixer 5.2Ltr Contour Silver. It’s time to take the plunge and enhance your culinary creations—order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810925068673,"sku":"HW782","price":1005.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1f14d679b89a9b86260d97f6e027280e.png?v=1781705603"},{"product_id":"56-ltr-commercial-heavy-duty-food-blender-with-360mm-shaft","title":"56 Ltr Commercial Heavy Duty Food Blender with 360mm Shaft","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB55CK is a robust blending solution, designed for professionals in bustling kitchen environments. This powerful tool is ideal for chefs and caterers who require a versatile and efficient appliance to handle large quantities with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a sturdy stainless steel blade and shaft, the blender embodies durability and functionality. Weighing approximately 4kg, it is substantial enough to withstand rigorous use while still remaining portable. If you find its weight challenging during extended mixing, optional brackets (sold separately) can secure the blender in place, allowing for hands-free operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 650W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 360mm (14.1\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 56 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel Blade and Shaft \/ Rubber Grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.65kW, 2.8A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.95kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed switch allows blending with precision, ranging from 5,000 to 18,000rpm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor effectively blends through various food textures quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy hand grip provides safety and control during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick-swap shaft for easy changes in blending functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty design ensures -lasting performance in commercial environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWide speed range allows versatility for different blending tasks, from soups to smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity handles significant volumes, perfect for large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean materials reduce downtime in a busy kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight yet robust construction promotes easy handling and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubber grip enhances comfort and minimizes fatigue during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 650W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blends tough ingredients for smooth results.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVariable speed control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizes blending to suit any recipe.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResists rust and wear, ensuring a service life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for catering and large food service operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender excels across various settings. Its robust features make it suitable for both kitchens and home cooking enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants preparing large quantities of sauces or soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCaterers needing to quickly blend ingredients for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMarine settings where versatile blending options are necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood processing plants requiring reliable equipment for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakery environments mixing dough or batters effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the blender is securely mounted if using optional brackets. Regularly check for cleanliness and function, especially after blending thick mixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blender comes with a one-year warranty, providing peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shaft length be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the shaft length is fixed at 360mm, designed for optimal blending performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this blender suitable for commercial use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender is designed specifically for heavy-duty, commercial applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and reliability of the Heavy Duty Big Stix Blender WSB55CK. Order today and transform your blending tasks with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810945450369,"sku":"CR526","price":868.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2637382014ce54389fb34c2109c49897.png?v=1781705682"},{"product_id":"5l-commercial-planetary-mixer-with-attachments-for-food-prep","title":"5L Commercial Planetary Mixer with Attachments for Food Prep","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 5L Planetary Mixer is an essential tool for any commercial kitchen, designed to tackle the demands of high-volume food preparation. Ideal for bakers, pastry chefs, and caterers, this commercial food mixer allows you to create consistent, high-quality mixes effortlessly, ensuring your recipes come out just right every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with durability in mind, this planetary mixer features a robust aluminium construction paired with a highly durable 5-litre stainless steel bowl. You can rely on its powerful 270W commercial motor and specially designed attachments, such as the beater, whisk, and dough hook, to help you mix even the toughest ingredients. The mixer sets itself apart through its stepless speed control, giving you maximum accuracy to achieve the perfect consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 410(H) x 420(W) x 230(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1.6kg dough\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes durable aluminium beater, whisk, and dough hook attachments as.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStepless speed control for maximum mixing accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHead lift mechanism allows for easy attachment changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable funnel enables adding ingredients mid-mix without lowering the bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSwitch safety lock for enhanced operational safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 5-litre bowl, perfect for larger volumes and various recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor handles tough ingredients, improving efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick attachment swaps save time when preparing different mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features protect operators from accidental injuries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy ingredient access during mixing speeds up the preparation process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive black colour that fits seamlessly into any commercial kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly mix tough ingredients and materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting investment that withstands daily kitchen usage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComplete a variety of tasks from whisking to kneading.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFits well in kitchens with limited space without sacrificing capacity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5L Planetary Mixer proves to be an exceptional asset across various settings where food preparation is key. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for preparing dough, batter, and pastry mixes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants enhancing menu items with consistently mixed sauces and purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks requiring quick and reliable preparation for special menu items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that demand efficiency in meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor proper installation, ensure the mixer is placed on a stable, flat surface and plugged into a compatible electrical outlet. Regularly clean the bowl and attachments with warm, soapy water, and ensure all components are dried thoroughly to maintain hygiene and usability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power output of the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5L Planetary Mixer features a high-performance 270W commercial motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat attachments are included with the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer comes with a durable aluminium beater, whisk, and dough hook attachments as.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer includes a 2-year warranty for both parts and labour, ensuring peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5L Planetary Mixer is designed for those who value efficiency and quality in their food preparations. Its durable design and versatile features make it a reliable companion in commercial kitchens. Order today to elevate your mixing experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810954887553,"sku":"HT993","price":655.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/12518e5602345ef8bf062234552ef4e4.png?v=1781705726"},{"product_id":"6-5l-commercial-automatic-juicer-with-drip-tray-and-ejector-spout","title":"6.5L Commercial Automatic Juicer with Drip Tray and Ejector Spout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Automatic Juicer Ultra is a powerful and efficient juicer designed for both commercial kitchens and health-conscious individuals. This state-of-the-art juicing machine allows you to extract fresh juice from fruits and vegetables effortlessly, providing delicious and healthy beverages with every use. Its robust construction and user-friendly design make it an essential tool for anyone passionate about juicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality stainless steel and plastic, the juicer is built to last, addressing the daily demands of intensive juicing. The innovative design includes a 6.5-liter capacity container that neatly accommodates pulp to minimize mess, along with a drip tray that keeps your work area tidy. What sets this juicer apart is its automatic feed system, allowing for continuous juicing without the need for manual assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 700W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 500(H) x 290(W) x 480(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpout Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 155mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Feed\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation makes it suitable for front-of-house use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe patented 79mm feed tube provides a continuous output without interruption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCentrifugal juicer basket is removable for easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for juicing hard and soft vegetables, citrus fruits, and soft fruits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe non-drip spout design ensures mess-free dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFree training available for all products for better utilization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e700W power ensures efficient juicing for both soft and hard produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 6.5-liter capacity keeps up with high-demand juicing needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean stainless steel construction maintains hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic feed allows you to focus on serving rather than preparing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet operation ensures a pleasant experience in retail or settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Juicer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient juicing\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExtracts juice quickly, saving you time during busy periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eJuice large quantities without constant refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance and more time enjoying fresh juice.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAutomatic feed system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eJuice continuously without labor-intensive preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Automatic Juicer Ultra is perfect for various settings where fresh juice is in high demand. Its versatility makes it an excellent choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes serving fresh-pressed juices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eJuice bars focused on health-oriented clientele.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth clubs and fitness centers promoting fresh nutrition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHospitality venues seeking to enhance customer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis juicer is easy to set up with minimal effort. Regular maintenance involves cleaning the removable parts after each use to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of fruits and vegetables can I juice with this machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe juicer is suitable for both hard and soft vegetables, as well as citrus fruits and soft fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I clean the juicer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's crucial to clean the juicer after every use to maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty for the Ultra?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this juicer comes with a one-year warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience effortless juicing and elevate your beverage offerings with the Automatic Juicer Ultra. Order today and transform the way you enjoy fresh juice!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810977595777,"sku":"DN582","price":2567.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/bf1159ef5f8338f170df60b6d0d87164.png?v=1781705767"},{"product_id":"6-6l-heavy-duty-commercial-planetary-mixer-for-foodservice","title":"6.6L Heavy-Duty Commercial Planetary Mixer for Foodservice","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 6.6L Planetary Mixer Heavy-Duty Food Mixer is the ultimate solution for foodservice operations that require a robust, reliable mixing tool. Designed for professionals and serious home chefs alike, this mixer is engineered to tackle both light and heavy mixing tasks effortlessly. Whether you’re whipping up lush whipped cream or kneading dense bread dough, the planetary mixer is built to perform with consistent efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality materials, this mixer features a powerful ½ HP motor and offers 11 mixing speeds, making it versatile enough for any mixing challenge. Its durable gear-driven design and thermal overload protection ensure that this mixer remains a dependable asset in your kitchen for years to come. This combination of build quality and diverse functionalities sets the mixer apart, making it an indispensable tool for culinary success.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.6 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 555(H) x 355(W) x 495(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge, 6.6Ltr stainless steel bowl with sturdy stainless steel handle for easy lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable, clear-view splash guard with feed chute keeps counters clean and lets chefs monitor mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTilt-back head makes it easy to add and remove bowl and attachments, and simplifies cleanup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGear-driven, permanent lube transmission provides years of reliable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes dishwasher-safe chef's whisk, mixing paddle, and dough hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNonslip rubber feet protect countertops and prevent mixer from moving during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFront-mounted controls and LED power light are positioned for easy operator access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e11 mixing speeds with a variable speed control dial can handle any task, from light meringues to heavy batters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful ½ HP motor ensures durability and performance under heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 6.6L bowl capacity is perfect for preparing family-sized portions or batch cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean design simplifies maintenance and improves kitchen efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTilt-back head enhances convenience for ingredient addition and bowl removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction allows for consistent performance in commercial environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control means versatile mixing for a variety of recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust motor performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly tackle a wide range of tasks, ensuring consistent results every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile mixing speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAchieve the perfect texture for any dish, from fluffy cakes to thick bread dough.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy operation and maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more on creating delicious dishes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planetary mixer excels in various settings, making it perfect for both kitchens and ambitious home chefs. It is designed to handle a plethora of tasks, making it an ideal choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries preparing batters for cakes and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants mixing large quantities of sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services creating mashed potatoes or dough for various applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCooking schools teaching the art of mixing and baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the planetary mixer is installed on a stable, flat surface to ensure optimal mixing performance. Regularly check for cleanliness and perform maintenance as needed to keep the motor and gears in top condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of attachments are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer comes with a dishwasher-safe chef's whisk, mixing paddle, and dough hook, allowing for a variety of mixing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planetary mixer weighs 15.7kg, providing a sturdy base for operation during critical mixing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer features a generous 6.6L stainless steel bowl, suitable for large batch preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its powerful motor and versatile features, the 6.6L Planetary Mixer Heavy-Duty Food Mixer is designed to elevate your culinary experience. Order today and experience the difference it can make in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810979955073,"sku":"FT298","price":1636.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/be945f044d5af40c58c0331cda111725.png?v=1781705773"},{"product_id":"6-6l-commercial-countertop-mixer-with-1400w-motor-and-scales","title":"6.6L Commercial Countertop Mixer with 1400W Motor and Scales","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Chef Baker Titanium Mixer.004SI is an indispensable countertop mixer designed for culinary enthusiasts and professionals alike. This powerful kitchen companion is engineered to elevate your baking and cooking experience, where versatility meets efficiency, allowing you to prepare a wide variety of dishes with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust metal body, the Chef Mixer is built for durability and sustained performance. Its impressive motor capacity and effective weighing scales address common kitchen challenges, enabling precise measurements and consistency in every recipe. With the inclusion of multiple tools that cater to different mixing needs, this mixer stands out as an essential addition to your kitchen arsenal.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kW\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.6Ltr.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 370(H) x 225(W) x 370(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.71kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy-weigh scales for accurate measurements without additional tools.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e25 optional accessories available for enhanced versatility and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLight lift head design for easy access to the mixing bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eNesting duo extra bowl for convenience and versatile mixing options.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIncludes four essential bowl tools: K Beater, whisk, dough tool, and creaming beater.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHigh-performance motor for efficient mixing of dense batters and doughs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLarge 6.6-liter bowl allows for preparing substantial quantities in one go.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal construction that ensures longevity and stable usage.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use controls that suit both beginners and seasoned chefs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eVersatile accessory options make it adaptable to various culinary tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact design that fits seamlessly into any kitchen setting.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly mix heavy ingredients, reducing preparation time.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity bowl\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSave time with batch cooking and minimize cleanup.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple tools\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile enough for all baking needs, from mixing to kneading.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy-weigh scales\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAchieve perfect measurements every time for consistent results.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Chef Baker Titanium Mixer shines in a variety of culinary scenarios, making it ideal for any kitchen, whether home or.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBaking enthusiasts looking to perfect cakes and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e chefs in need of reliable and efficient mixing solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFamily kitchens that require versatile appliances for different dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services that handle large volumes of food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCooking classes that use a dependable mixer for student projects.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eNo special installation is needed; simply plug it in to start using. Regularly clean the mixing bowl and attachments for optimal performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of accessories are compatible with this mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer supports a wide range of 25 optional accessories for enhanced functionality, including various attachments for specific tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Chef Baker Titanium Mixer easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, the detachable bowl and tools can be easily cleaned, ensuring you spend more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty policy on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis product does not come with a commercial warranty, emphasizing its robust design and reliability for home use.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlock your full baking potential with the Chef Baker Titanium Mixer.004SI. This mixer not only enhances your kitchen efficiency but also ensures delightful results every time. Order today and take the first step towards effortless culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810979987841,"sku":"CH577","price":1307.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b6b0293d3dcdecc79ba35c4376ff1421.png?v=1781705773"},{"product_id":"6-6ltr-commercial-bowl-lift-stand-mixer-for-professional-kitchens","title":"6.6Ltr Commercial Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer for Kitchens","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer 6.6Ltr 5KSM70JPXBWH is a powerful kitchen companion designed for both chefs and home cooking enthusiasts. This countertop mixer simplifies your cooking process while offering versatility and efficiency, allowing you to create a wide range of dishes effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable die-cast metal zinc, this mixer not only promises longevity but also blends seamlessly with any modern kitchen décor. Its innovative bowl-lift design ensures stability during operation, solving the common problem of mixer instability when handling thicker mixtures. The beautiful finish, combined with subtle modern details like the brushed trim band and embossed logo, makes it a standout appliance in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 375W, 6.6Ltr, 11 Speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 419(H) x 287(W) x 372(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Die-Cast Metal Zinc\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e11 distinct speeds for complete mixing control, from low speed folding to high speed whipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOriginal planetary action provides fast and thorough mixing for recipes of any complexity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBowl-lift design supports a secure 3-point locking bowl for maximum stability and powerful mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFull metal body construction ensures a reliable and durable kitchen appliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSoft Start feature gently accelerates to the chosen speed, reducing mess during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh heat cut-off protects the mixer from overheating, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSecure fit pouring shield minimizes mess and spills while combining ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed settings allow for precise control over mixing intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlanetary mixing action eliminates the need to scrape down the sides of the bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty construction supports demanding tasks, making it ideal for frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean design ensures that maintenance is quick and simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong knobs and lever handle provide a secure grip for comfortable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for user safety with features such as high heat protection and a secure pouring shield.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Mixing Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSuitable for a variety of recipes including doughs, batters, and creams.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy Build\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction ensures reliability for heavy-duty tasks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy Operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly design makes baking and cooking accessible to all skill levels.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile mixer excels in various applications, making it a must-have for any kitchen environment. Whether you are a chef or a home cook, it can elevate your food preparation experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for baking enthusiasts wanting to create desserts and breads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for cooking classes and culinary schools where multiple users need reliable equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWell-suited for catering businesses that require efficient and consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCan handle large quantities, making it excellent for batch cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer is ready to use right out of the box. Ensure it is placed on a dry, stable surface for optimal performance. Regular maintenance consists of cleaning the body with a damp cloth and checking the power cord for any wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of ingredients can I mix in this stand mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mixer can handle everything from light whipping creams to heavy doughs and batters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mixer easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the die-cast metal body and detachable components make it simple to clean after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and durability of the Heavy Duty Bowl-Lift Stand Mixer in your kitchen today. Order now to elevate your cooking and baking adventures!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810980118913,"sku":"CX079","price":1418.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/15896a2fd6c9d11d422732fcbed41f2e.png?v=1781705773"},{"product_id":"6-9l-commercial-countertop-stand-mixer-with-stainless-steel-bowl","title":"6.9L Commercial Countertop Stand Mixer with Stainless Steel Bowl","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Stand Mixer 5KSM7990XBER is designed for serious home chefs and kitchens alike, delivering exceptional performance combined with stylish design. Its powerful and quiet motor ensures you can tackle tough mixing tasks effortlessly, making it an indispensable tool for anyone looking to elevate their culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, this countertop mixer not only looks impressive but is built to last. It's designed to solve the challenges faced in busy kitchens, ensuring reliability through features such as an emergency stop button and an automatic shutoff, meeting stringent safety standards. With its large capacity and versatile accessory hub, the mixer stands out for its ability to handle diverse food preparation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.9L\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 417(H) x 371(W) x 287(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 325W\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 13kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEquipped with a powerful direct drive motor for reliability under heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePlanetary mixing action ensures thorough mixture of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIncludes stainless steel whisk, flat beater, and dough hook for versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean all-metal construction adds durability and style.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eQuiet yet powerful motor ensures minimal noise while maintaining robust performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLarge bowl capacity allows for preparing large batches of dough or batter.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEmergency stop button enhances safety in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eVersatile accessory hub unlocks a variety of attachments for additional functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eManual controls simplify operation for users of all experience levels.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLocking bowl lift mechanism provides security during mixing processes.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eTackles tough mixing jobs with ease and efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity bowl\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePerfect for mixing larger quantities in one go, saving time.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind while operating in a fast-paced environment.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile attachments\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAdaptable for a variety of culinary tasks beyond mixing.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Stand Mixer excels in various culinary settings, making it a favorite among both amateurs and professionals. Its robust design and efficiency make it well-suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCommercial bakeries preparing bread and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services for mixing large batches of dough or batter.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCooking schools where students need reliable equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for everyday cooking or special.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood production facilities requiring consistent mixing results.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo maximize the life of your mixer, ensure it is placed on a sturdy, level surface. Regularly check attachments for wear and clean the mixer body and bowl after each use to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat attachments are included with the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer comes with a stainless steel whisk, flat beater, and strong dough hook for versatile mixing options.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this mixer suitable for large volume mixing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a capacity of 6.9 litres, it is perfect for large batches of dough or batter.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features does the mixer have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt features an emergency stop button, automatic shutoff, and a wire guard for added safety during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience unparalleled mixing performance with the Stand Mixer 5KSM7990XBER. Designed for durability and versatility, this mixer is a game changer in any kitchen. Shop now to elevate your cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810980348289,"sku":"CB576","price":1406.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/56f5aa0ae569fed1268f3f0257fe80b2.png?v=1781705773"},{"product_id":"600w-commercial-stick-blender-with-410mm-shaft-length","title":"600W Commercial Stick Blender with 410mm Shaft Length","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Single Speed Stick Blender is designed for those who demand efficiency and precision in their kitchen tasks. Ideal for professionals in care homes, nurseries, hospitals, and restaurants, this powerful food blender guarantees perfectly smooth textures every time. With its user-friendly design and robust performance, it's a practical solution for blending, pureeing, or emulsifying a variety of ingredients with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with quality in mind, the stick blender features a direct drive 600W motor and ultra-durable titanium-coated blades, making it capable of powering through even the toughest ingredients. The fully enclosed motor and shaft assembly not only enhances stability but also ensures longevity, making this stick blender a reliable tool for daily use in high-demand environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 600W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 410mm (16.1\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 8Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety switch offers extra protection and peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSingle high speed of 9,500rpm produces consistent blends and textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUltra-strong titanium-coated blade is tough enough for everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e410mm shaft length capable of blending up to 100 litres at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-efficiency 600W motor streamlines mixing tasks, saving valuable time in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFully enclosed design protects critical components, enhancing durability for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTitanium-coated blades maintain sharpness even under heavy use, reducing maintenance needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design ensures ease of handling for extended periods, improving user comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh speed offers versatility for various blending needs, from smoothies to soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction withstands rigorous use in settings without compromising performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful 600W motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly blends even tough ingredients, saving time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTitanium-coated blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability ensures long-lasting sharpness, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFully enclosed motor assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreased stability and longevity makes your investment reliable.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stick blender shines across various applications, providing unparalleled versatility in the culinary world. Its design and features make it perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens, where efficiency is paramount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHospitals and care homes, for preparing nutritious purees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants, creating consistent textures in sauces and soups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events, capable of handling large volumes with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood production facilities, where speed and performance are critical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best performance, ensure the stick blender is securely connected to a compatible power outlet and regularly check for any residue. Cleaning should be conducted promptly after use to prevent food buildup and maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum blending capacity of the stick blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick blender can blend up to 100 litres at a time, making it suitable for large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the stick blender easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stick blender is designed for easy cleaning; simply wash the blade and shaft after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of warranty does the stick blender offer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stick blender comes with a 1-year warranty, providing peace of mind for your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency of the Single Speed Stick Blender in your kitchen today. Order now and elevate your blending tasks with a tool designed for professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811006136705,"sku":"K472","price":921.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d54eb79d9a9e0f911e2acf999b65d00e.png?v=1781705805"},{"product_id":"60g-commercial-spice-and-coffee-grinder-with-stainless-steel-blades","title":"60g Commercial Spice and Coffee Grinder with Stainless Steel Blades","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Spice \u0026amp; Coffee Grinder is an essential tool for culinary enthusiasts, restaurants, and coffee shops looking to elevate their flavor profiles. This compact grinder efficiently handles a variety of spices and coffee beans, ensuring that every dish or beverage bursts with freshness and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable stainless steel grinding blades and an appealing brushed steel exterior, this grinder is not only built to last but also adds a touch of to your kitchen. Its single-speed pulse control simplifies the grinding process; simply load your ingredients, secure the cover, and press down for perfectly ground spices or coffee. The easy-to-disassemble design enhances convenience, allowing for quick cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 200W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 60g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 230(H) x 140(W) x 140(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 980g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong and sharp stainless steel grinding blade - grinds most spices and coffee beans with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact and easy to store away, making it perfect for small kitchens and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse operation for precise grinding, ensuring you achieve the desired consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUp to 60g chopping capacity - ideal for grinding ingredients in small batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean design - disassembles quickly for thorough cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction - built to withstand frequent use while maintaining performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile usage - suitable for spices, coffee beans, and more, catering to diverse culinary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple operation - user-friendly design makes it perfect for all skill levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient grinding - reduces preparation time, allowing for quicker meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElegant design - enhances kitchen aesthetics while being functional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy maintenance - straightforward disassembly makes cleaning hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spice Grinder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful grinding\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGrind spices and coffee beans quickly and efficiently, maintaining flavor integrity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to store in any kitchen space, keeping your countertop organized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time enjoying your culinary creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile grinder is a must-have for any cooking environment. Its design and functionality make it suitable for various applications, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to enhance their spice offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes aiming to provide freshly ground coffee to customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome cooks wanting to create flavorful dishes with freshly ground spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries requiring ground spices for pastry creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing portable grinding solutions for on-the-go service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, ensure the grinder is placed on a stable surface during operation. Regular cleaning after each use will preserve the integrity of the grinding blades and prevent flavor crossover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of materials can I grind in this grinder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can grind most spices and coffee beans effectively, thanks to its strong stainless steel blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the grinder easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Spice \u0026amp; Coffee Grinder can be quickly disassembled for hassle-free cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grinder comes with a 1-year warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your culinary experience with the Spice \u0026amp; Coffee Grinder. Whether you’re enhancing your restaurant’s offerings or experimenting in your kitchen, this grinder provides the perfect blend of reliability and convenience. Shop now to experience the freshness of ground spices and coffee!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811006202241,"sku":"CK686","price":97.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d6aac2867baa5d7740ac2b0f8583a6e9.png?v=1781705806"},{"product_id":"7-ltr-countertop-mixer-with-warm-and-weigh-functions","title":"7 Ltr Countertop Mixer with Warm and Weigh Functions","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe.004SI is a versatile countertop mixer designed for home bakers and culinary enthusiasts alike. With its powerful performance and robust design, this mixer elevates your kitchen experience, making it effortless to whip, mix, and knead a variety of ingredients. Whether you're crafting delicate pastries or hearty breads, the mixer ensures consistent results and saves you time in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from a blend of metal and plastic, this mixer showcases exceptional build quality that promises durability. Its thoughtfully designed features, including the EasyWarm Bowl and EasyWeigh scales, tackle common baking challenges, allowing you to focus on perfecting your recipes. The unique DuoBowl system also provides enhanced flexibility and efficiency, making it a standout choice for avid bakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBowl Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 490(H) x 490(W) x 360(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e No Commercial Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasyWarm Bowl to add gentle heat to your ingredients for improved baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUltra-quiet and powerful ChefMotor effortlessly handles heavy doughs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSix SimpleTouch presets eliminate guesswork during meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasyWeigh scales let you measure ingredients directly from the bowl, making cooking simpler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 7-litre bowl capacity accommodates larger batches efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNesting DuoBowl system offers convenience for swift bowl changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasyWarm Bowl - gently heats ingredients for improved consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful motor - mixes and kneads effortlessly, handling even the toughest dough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimpleTouch presets - user-friendly interface for quick adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge bowl capacity - perfect for families or baking enthusiasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDuoBowl design - saves time and increases productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTime-saving features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time preparing and more time enjoying your creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInvest in a durable-lasting kitchen assistant that withstands daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile functionality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreate a wide range of recipes, from dough to whipped cream.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer excels in various culinary settings, making it a versatile addition to your kitchen toolkit. It's particularly effective in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome baking for family gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreparing dough for pastries and bread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing batters for cakes and muffins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCrafting homemade sauces and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWhipping cream for desserts and toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis countertop mixer is easy to set up and requires minimal assembly. Ensure it is placed on a stable surface to prevent movement during operation. Regularly clean the bowl and attachments to maintain performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mixer suitable for commercial use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the mixer is designed only for home use and comes without a commercial warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bowl capacity of this mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer has a generous bowl capacity of 7 litres, ideal for making larger batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer features a powerful 1.4kW ChefMotor, which effectively handles heavy mixtures and doughs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your baking game with the.004SI. Designed for home bakers, this countertop mixer combines style, performance, and innovative features to make your baking experience easier and more enjoyable. Order today and elevate your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811008790913,"sku":"FS143","price":1487.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/35727039b80de8b449378c3527c9e27c.png?v=1781705839"},{"product_id":"7-6l-commercial-planetary-mixer-food-preparation-equipment","title":"7.6L Commercial Planetary Mixer Food Preparation Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 7.6L Planetary Mixer Commercial Food Mixer is an essential tool for any culinary looking to streamline their kitchen processes. Designed for commercial use, this mixer excels in performance, providing high efficiency and durability that meet the rigorous demands of kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its robust stainless steel construction, the mixer not only offers longevity but also ensures ease of maintenance. It minimizes downtime, enabling chefs to focus on creating exceptional dishes rather than troubleshooting equipment. Unlike other mixers in its class, its patented design includes specialized attachments tailored for optimal performance, resulting in consistently superior mixing results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.6 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 405(H) x 320(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 17kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable speed\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 speeds from 60-600rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful 700W induction motor for dependable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty, all-metal frame ensures stability and ease of maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe attachments and bowl for hassle-free cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-install spiral hook, paddle, and whisk enhance versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafe operation with a shield and bowl detection system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVariable speed control allows customization for various textures and mixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty design minimizes vibrations for quieter, stable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel material provides safety and hygiene compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLock-on system enhances productivity by keeping attachments securely in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAbility to process large quantities saves time during peak service hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe parts streamline post-work cleaning procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Planetary Mixer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh mixing capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for batch production of doughs, cakes, and more.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt to standards\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance in demanding environments with reduced risk of breakdown.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMore time devoted to cooking rather than cleaning up.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMultiple speed settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile usage for a variety of recipes from whipped cream to dense dough.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile planetary mixer is designed for various settings, making it the ideal choice for a multitude of culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries for preparing batters and doughs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses for large-scale meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants seeking efficient batter and sauce mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePastry shops for creating light and airy meringues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service establishments for consistent results across batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the mixer is straightforward, and its stainless steel construction simplifies maintenance. Regularly check the attachments and bowl locking mechanisms to ensure safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow powerful is the mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt features a powerful 700W induction motor, which provides exceptional mixing capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of mixtures can the mixer handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixer can handle various mixtures, including up to 16 egg, 1.5kg of softened butter, and 4kg of bread dough per load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mixer easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, all attachments and the bowl are dishwasher safe, making cleanup quick and convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the 7.6L Planetary Mixer Commercial Food Mixer empowers your culinary team to create high-quality dishes efficiently. Order today and elevate your kitchen operations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811009118593,"sku":"JB355","price":3098.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f4ee4d8ab9630a0f63ef6011b66ac39c.png?v=1781705845"},{"product_id":"700w-commercial-hand-blender-with-1ltr-capacity-and-attachments","title":"700W Commercial Hand Blender with 1Ltr Capacity and Attachments","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Blender 700W 88910 is a versatile kitchen companion designed for both novice cooks and experienced chefs. This robust food blender efficiently tackles an array of blending tasks, making meal preparation quicker and easier than ever. With its high power and ergonomic design, it ensures smooth and consistent results, whether you're whipping up a smoothie, soup, or sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the Hand Blender boasts a quality build that stands the test of time. Its thoughtful design includes multiple attachments and a generous 1-liter BPA-free jug, solving the common problem of inadequate blending capacity in smaller blenders. What sets this model apart is its turbo function that delivers extra power when needed, making it an essential tool for anyone serious about creating delicious meals.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 700W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 31(H) x 33(W) x 13.5(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e 88910\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTurbo function for a quick burst of extra power when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic grip and lightweight design for comfortable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong balloon whisk attachment enhances versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAnti-scratch foot protects your pots and pans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean components are dishwasher safe for your convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eComes with recipes included to inspire your culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh power output - ensures ingredients are blended quickly and thoroughly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMultiple attachments - versatile for various culinary tasks, from mixing to whisking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBPA-free jug - safety-conscious design for health-conscious consumers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDishwasher safe components - hassle-free cleaning saves time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction - easy to handle and minimizes fatigue during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAnti-scratch design - preserves the integrity of your cookware, prolonging its life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Blenders\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e700W power\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly blend ingredients with minimal effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eComfortable handling reduces strain during use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe attachments\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy clean-up so you can spend more time enjoying your meals.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafe for you and your family, maintaining health standards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Blender is perfect for a variety of culinary settings, whether you're at home or in a kitchen. Here are some of the situations where it truly excels:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMixing smoothies for a quick breakfast on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePreparing soups directly in the pot for easy cleanup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWhipping cream or eggs for baking needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCreating sauces and dressings with ease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBlending baby food for the health-conscious parent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, simply attach the appropriate blending accessory as per your requirement. After use, detach the attachments and place them in the dishwasher for effortless cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power of the Hand Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Hand Blender has a power output of 700W, allowing for efficient blending.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the attachments dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, all attachments are BPA free and dishwasher safe for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the blending jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe blending jug has a capacity of 1 liter, ideal for various blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your kitchen experience with the Hand Blender 700W 88910. Its powerful performance and practical design make blending a breeze. Shop now and transform your cooking routine into something more enjoyable!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811010068865,"sku":"DP929","price":203.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a04842a3d4d4e7dbe0da79aa1da6905c.png?v=1781705858"},{"product_id":"750w-commercial-spice-grinder-with-stainless-steel-blades","title":"750W Commercial Spice Grinder with Stainless Steel Blades","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Spice Grinder WSG60K is a robust kitchen tool designed for culinary enthusiasts and chefs alike. Its high-performance capabilities ensure exceptional grinding of spices, herbs, and more, making it a must-have for anyone looking to enhance their cooking experience. With a compact design and powerful motor, this grinder maximizes efficiency without sacrificing quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the Spice Grinder is built to withstand the rigors of frequent use while maintaining optimal functionality. It effectively solves the problem of inconsistent grinding, allowing users to achieve the perfect texture for spices and condiments. The grinder's sealed clear-view lid provides a convenient way to monitor progress, ensuring you get results tailored to your taste preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 650ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 292(H) x 165(W) x 216(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-performance commercial-grade motor with 20,000 RPM for fast grinding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eContinuous ON feature eliminates the need to hold down the button during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePulse activation allows for precision grinding to achieve desired consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes two stainless steel grinding bowls with cool-touch sleeves and lids for ease of use and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUpper housing safety interlock prevents the blades from spinning if the container is not securely clipped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSealed clear-view lid for easy monitoring of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel blades ensure -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design saves space while providing high volume output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eContinuous use capability enhances productivity in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight at 2.8kg for easy handling and portability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOne-year warranty offers peace of mind and assurance of quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spice Grinder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePowerful motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly grind a variety of spices for enhanced flavors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFeel secure while using, reducing the risk of accidents.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreate coarse or fine textures, ideal for different culinary needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Spice Grinder WSG60K excels in various settings and is perfect for both home kitchens and caterers. Whether you are preparing gourmet meals or everyday dishes, this grinder proves invaluable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for grinding spices such as peppercorns, cloves, and coriander.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for creating pastes, sauces, and dressings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for use in restaurants and catering services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient for preparing ingredients in bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient for baking enthusiasts needing finely ground spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the spice grinder is placed on a stable surface for optimal performance. Clean the stainless steel bowls and blades after each use to maintain hygiene and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity of the Spice Grinder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Spice Grinder has a maximum capacity of 650ml, allowing you to process a generous amount of spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the grinder safe to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Spice Grinder features an upper housing safety interlock that ensures no spinning occurs if the container is not securely clipped in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it handle wet ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the sealed clear-view lid allows for processing liquids up to 1.5 cups, perfect for making pastes and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Spice Grinder WSG60K, you can elevate your culinary creations by grinding spices to perfection. Order today for an enhanced cooking experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811012133249,"sku":"CK397","price":511.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/22ed7efe4a6762ce7a94a63a2712b74f.png?v=1781705889"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/ns-app-food-prep-machines.oembed?page=11","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}